Document:

EX-4.1

 EXHIBIT 4.1 

Execution Version 
  

 
 API ESCROW CORP. 

4.750% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2029 
  

 
 INDENTURE 

Dated as of October 21, 2021 
  

 
  

 
 Computershare
Trust Company, N.A., 
 as Trustee 
  

 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
		
	 Article 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
	  	 	1	 
			
	 Section 1.01
	 	Certain Definitions	  	 	1	 
	 Section 1.02
	 	Other Definitions	  	 	38	 
	 Section 1.03
	 	Rules of Construction	  	 	40	 
		
	 Article 2 THE NOTES 
	  	 	40	 
			
	 Section 2.01
	 	Form and Dating	  	 	40	 
	 Section 2.02
	 	Execution and Authentication	  	 	41	 
	 Section 2.03
	 	Registrar and Paying Agent	  	 	42	 
	 Section 2.04
	 	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	  	 	42	 
	 Section 2.05
	 	Holder Lists	  	 	43	 
	 Section 2.06
	 	Transfer and Exchange	  	 	43	 
	 Section 2.07
	 	Replacement Notes	  	 	54	 
	 Section 2.08
	 	Outstanding Notes	  	 	54	 
	 Section 2.09
	 	Treasury Notes	  	 	55	 
	 Section 2.10
	 	Temporary Notes	  	 	55	 
	 Section 2.11
	 	Cancellation	  	 	55	 
	 Section 2.12
	 	Defaulted Interest	  	 	55	 
	 Section 2.13
	 	Additional Notes	  	 	56	 
		
	 Article 3 REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT 
	  	 	56	 
			
	 Section 3.01
	 	Notices to Trustee	  	 	56	 
	 Section 3.02
	 	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased	  	 	57	 
	 Section 3.03
	 	Notice of Redemption	  	 	57	 
	 Section 3.04
	 	Effect of Notice of Redemption	  	 	58	 
	 Section 3.05
	 	Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price	  	 	58	 
	 Section 3.06
	 	Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part	  	 	59	 
	 Section 3.07
	 	Optional Redemption	  	 	59	 
	 Section 3.08
	 	Mandatory Redemption	  	 	61	 
	 Section 3.09
	 	Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds	  	 	61	 
	 Section 3.10
	 	Special Mandatory Redemption; Escrow	  	 	63	 
	 Section 3.11
	 	Redemption for Changes in Taxes	  	 	64	 
		
	 Article 4 COVENANTS 
	  	 	65	 
			
	 Section 4.01
	 	Payment of Notes	  	 	65	 
	 Section 4.02
	 	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	 	65	 
	 Section 4.03
	 	Reports	  	 	65	 
	 Section 4.04
	 	Compliance Certificate	  	 	66	 
	 Section 4.05
	 	Activities Prior to the Escrow Release	  	 	67	 
	 Section 4.06
	 	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws	  	 	67	 

  
 i 

							
	 Section 4.07
	 	Restricted Payments	  	 	67	 
	 Section 4.08
	 	Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries	  	 	74	 
	 Section 4.09
	 	Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock	  	 	77	 
	 Section 4.10
	 	Asset Sales	  	 	84	 
	 Section 4.11
	 	Transactions with Affiliates	  	 	87	 
	 Section 4.12
	 	Liens	  	 	89	 
	 Section 4.13
	 	Corporate Existence	  	 	90	 
	 Section 4.14
	 	Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control	  	 	90	 
	 Section 4.15
	 	Payments for Consent	  	 	92	 
	 Section 4.16
	 	Additional Note Guarantees	  	 	92	 
	 Section 4.17
	 	Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries	  	 	94	 
	 Section 4.18
	 	Covenant Suspension	  	 	94	 
	 Section 4.19
	 	Additional Amounts.	  	 	96	 
		
	 Article 5 SUCCESSORS 
	  	 	98	 
			
	 Section 5.01
	 	Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets	  	 	98	 
	 Section 5.02
	 	Successor Corporation Substituted	  	 	101	 
		
	 Article 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
	  	 	101	 
			
	 Section 6.01
	 	Events of Default	  	 	101	 
	 Section 6.02
	 	Acceleration	  	 	103	 
	 Section 6.03
	 	Other Remedies	  	 	104	 
	 Section 6.04
	 	Waiver of Past Defaults.	  	 	104	 
	 Section 6.05
	 	Control by Majority	  	 	104	 
	 Section 6.06
	 	Limitation on Suits	  	 	105	 
	 Section 6.07
	 	Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment	  	 	105	 
	 Section 6.08
	 	Collection Suit by Trustee	  	 	105	 
	 Section 6.09
	 	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	 	106	 
	 Section 6.10
	 	Priorities	  	 	106	 
	 Section 6.11
	 	Undertaking for Costs	  	 	107	 
		
	 Article 7 TRUSTEE 
	  	 	107	 
			
	 Section 7.01
	 	Duties of Trustee	  	 	107	 
	 Section 7.02
	 	Rights of Trustee and Agents	  	 	108	 
	 Section 7.03
	 	Individual Rights of Trustee	  	 	110	 
	 Section 7.04
	 	Trustee’s Disclaimer	  	 	110	 
	 Section 7.05
	 	Notice of Defaults	  	 	110	 
	 Section 7.06
	 	[Reserved]	  	 	110	 
	 Section 7.07
	 	Compensation and Indemnity	  	 	110	 
	 Section 7.08
	 	Replacement of Trustee	  	 	111	 
	 Section 7.09
	 	Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.	  	 	112	 
	 Section 7.10
	 	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	 	112	 
	 Section 7.11
	 	Resignation of Agents	  	 	112	 

  
 ii 

							
	 Article 8 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 
	  	 	113	 
			
	 Section 8.01
	 	Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance	  	 	113	 
	 Section 8.02
	 	Legal Defeasance and Discharge	  	 	113	 
	 Section 8.03
	 	Covenant Defeasance	  	 	114	 
	 Section 8.04
	 	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance	  	 	114	 
	 Section 8.05
	 	Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions	  	 	116	 
	 Section 8.06
	 	Repayment to Company	  	 	116	 
	 Section 8.07
	 	Reinstatement	  	 	117	 
		
	 Article 9 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 
	  	 	117	 
			
	 Section 9.01
	 	Without Consent of Holders of Notes	  	 	117	 
	 Section 9.02
	 	With Consent of Holders of Notes	  	 	118	 
	 Section 9.03
	 	Revocation and Effect of Consents	  	 	120	 
	 Section 9.04
	 	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	  	 	120	 
	 Section 9.05
	 	Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.	  	 	121	 
		
	 Article 10 NOTE GUARANTEES 
	  	 	121	 
			
	 Section 10.01
	 	Guarantee	  	 	121	 
	 Section 10.02
	 	Limitation on Guarantor Liability	  	 	122	 
	 Section 10.03
	 	Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee	  	 	122	 
	 Section 10.04
	 	Releases	  	 	123	 
		
	 Article 11 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 
	  	 	124	 
			
	 Section 11.01
	 	Satisfaction and Discharge	  	 	124	 
	 Section 11.02
	 	Application of Trust Money	  	 	125	 
		
	 Article 12 ESCROW MATTERS 
	  	 	126	 
			
	 Section 12.01
	 	Escrow Account.	  	 	126	 
	 Section 12.02
	 	Release of Escrow Property	  	 	126	 
	 Section 12.03
	 	Special Mandatory Redemption	  	 	127	 
	 Section 12.04
	 	Trustee Direction to Execute Escrow Agreement	  	 	127	 
		
	 Article 13 MISCELLANEOUS 
	  	 	127	 
			
	 Section 13.01
	 	Notices	  	 	127	 
	 Section 13.02
	 	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	  	 	129	 
	 Section 13.03
	 	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	  	 	129	 
	 Section 13.04
	 	Rules by Trustee and Agents	  	 	130	 
	 Section 13.05
	 	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders	  	 	130	 

  
 iii 

							
	 Section 13.06
	 	Governing Law	  	 	130	 
	 Section 13.07
	 	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements	  	 	131	 
	 Section 13.08
	 	Successors	  	 	131	 
	 Section 13.09
	 	Severability	  	 	131	 
	 Section 13.10
	 	Counterpart Originals	  	 	131	 
	 Section 13.11
	 	Table of Contents, Headings, etc.	  	 	132	 
	 Section 13.12
	 	Currency of Account; Conversion of Currency; Foreign Exchange Restrictions	  	 	132	 
	 Section 13.13
	 	Calculations	  	 	133	 
	 Section 13.14
	 	Compliance with European Sanctions and International Embargoes	  	 	133	 
	 Section 13.15
	 	Note Purchases by Company and Affiliates	  	 	134	 

 EXHIBITS 
  

			
	Exhibit A	  	FORM OF NOTE
	Exhibit B	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
	Exhibit C	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
	Exhibit D	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR
	Exhibit E	  	FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS
	Exhibit F	  	FORM OF SPECIAL MANDATORY FULL REDEMPTION NOTICE
	Exhibit G	  	FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE TO BE DELIVERED BY API GROUP DE, INC. AND CERTAIN GUARANTORS ON THE COMPLETION DATE
	Exhibit H	  	FORM OF INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

  

  
 iv 

 INDENTURE dated as of October 21, 2021 between APi Escrow Corp., a Delaware corporation
(the “Escrow Issuer” and, prior to the consummation of the Acquisition (as defined herein), the “Company” or the “Issuer”), and Computershare Trust Company, N.A. as Trustee. 

The Company and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined
below) of the 4.750% Senior Notes due 2029 (the “Notes”). 
 Upon consummation of the Acquisition, Escrow Issuer will be
merged with and into and survived by APi Group DE, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“APi DE”), and from and after the consummation of the Acquisition, references to the “Company” or the “Issuer” will
refer to APi DE. 
 On the Completion Date (as defined herein), APi DE will assume the obligations of Escrow Issuer under this Indenture,
the Notes and the Purchase Agreement pursuant to the supplemental indenture substantially in the form attached as Exhibit G hereto and a joinder to the Purchase Agreement, and the Notes will be guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by Holdings and
each of Holdings’ direct and indirect Restricted Subsidiaries that guarantee the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, pursuant to the supplemental indenture substantially in the form attached as Exhibit G hereto and a joinder to the Purchase
Agreement. 
 ARTICLE 1 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 

Section 1.01 Certain Definitions. 

“144A Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and
the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on
Rule 144A. 
 “Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person: 

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted
Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person; and 

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person. 

“Acquisition” means the transactions contemplated by the Stock Purchase Agreement. 

“Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Indenture in accordance with
Sections 2.13 and 4.09 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes. 
  

 “Advisory Agreement” means the Advisory Services Agreement, dated as of
October 1, 2019 between Holdings and Mariposa Capital, LLC. 
 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any
other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms
“controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or
policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. 
 “Agent” means
any Registrar, transfer agent, Paying Agent, Authenticating Agent or additional Paying Agent. 
 “Applicable Currency
Equivalent” means, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars, at any time for the determination thereof, the amount of U.S. dollars obtained by converting such foreign currency involved in such
computation into U.S. dollars at the spot rate for the purchase of U.S. dollars with the applicable foreign currency as quoted by Reuters at approximately 10:00 A.M. (New York time) on the date not more than two Business Days
prior to such determination. 
 “Applicable Premium” means, as calculated by the Company with respect to any Note on any
Redemption Date, the greater of: 
 (1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; or 

(2) the excess, if any, of (a) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of such Note at
October 15, 2024 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing in Section 3.07(d) hereof), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note through October 15, 2024 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest
to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (b) the principal amount of such Note. 

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note,
the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange. 
 “Asset
Sale” means: 
 (1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series
of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary (each referred to in this definition as a
“disposition”); or 
 (2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than
Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section 4.09 herein), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions; 

  
 2 

 in each case, other than: 

(a) any disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or surplus, obsolete or
worn-out property or equipment in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale or no longer used in the ordinary course of business; 

(b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Holdings in a manner permitted pursuant to, the provisions of
Section 5.01 herein or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control under this Indenture; 
 (c) the making of
any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 4.07 herein or under the definition of “Permitted Investment”; 

(d) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series
of transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $50.0 million; 
 (e) any disposition of property or
assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to Holdings or by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary; 

(f) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code or comparable law or regulation, any exchange of like property
(excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business; 
 (g) the lease, assignment or
sub-lease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business; 
 (h)
any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary; 
 (i)
foreclosures, condemnations or any similar action with respect to assets or the granting of Liens not prohibited by this Indenture; 

(j) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility and any transactions
in connection with the Factoring Program; 
 (k) any financing transaction with respect to the acquisition or construction of
property by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Completion Date, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and asset securitizations permitted under this Indenture; 

(l) the licensing and sub-licensing of intellectual property or other general
intangibles in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; 

  
 3 

 (m) the sale, discount or other disposition of inventory, accounts
receivable or notes receivable in the ordinary course of business or the conversion of accounts receivable to notes receivable; and 

(n) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract rights or other litigation
claims in the ordinary course of business. 
 “Asset Sale Offer” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.10(c) under
this Indenture. 
 “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief
of debtors. 
 “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in
Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is
used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether
such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have a corresponding meaning. 

“board of directors” means, with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation, and with respect to any
other Person, the board or committee of such Person, or board of directors of the general partner or general manager of such Person serving a similar function. 

“Business Day” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday. 

“Calculation Date” means the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio, Total
Net Leverage Ratio or the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, as applicable, shall occur. 
 “Canadian Pension Plan” means a
“registered pension plan”, as that term is defined in subsection 248(1) of the Income Tax Act (Canada), which is sponsored, administered or contributed to, or required to be contributed to by, any primary obligor or under which any primary
obligor has any liability. 
 “Capital Stock” means: 

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; 

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other
equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; 
 (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company,
partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and 
 (4) any other interest or participation that confers
on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person. 

  
 4 

 “Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof
is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP; provided
that any obligations of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary either existing on the Completion Date or created prior to any recharacterization described below (i) that were not included on the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings as
capital lease obligations and (ii) that are subsequently recharacterized as capital lease obligations due to a change in accounting treatment or otherwise, shall for all purposes under this Indenture (including, without limitation, the
calculation of Consolidated Net Income and EBITDA) not be treated as capital lease obligations, Capitalized Lease Obligations or Indebtedness. 

“Captive Insurance Subsidiary” means (i) any Subsidiary established by Holdings for the primary purpose of insuring the
business or properties owned or operated by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) any Subsidiary of any such insurance subsidiary established for the same primary purpose described in clause (i) above. 

“Cash Equivalents” means: 

(1) United States Dollars; 

(2) (a) Canadian Dollars, pounds sterling, yen and euros; or (b) such local currencies held by Holdings or any Restricted
Subsidiary from time to time in the ordinary course of business; 
 (3) securities issued or directly and fully and
unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government (or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the U.S. government), with maturities of
24 months or less from the date of acquisition; 
 (4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and Eurodollar time deposits
with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than
$500.0 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100.0 million (or the U.S. Dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks; 

(5) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) above entered into
with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above; 
 (6) commercial paper rated
at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from
another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof; 
 (7) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively
(or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof; 

  
 5 

 (8) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the
types described in clauses (1) through (7) above; 
 (9) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state,
commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; 

(10) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2”
or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; and 
 (11) Investments with
average maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by
Moody’s. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth
in clauses (1) and (2) above; provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such
amounts. 
 “CFC Holdco” means a Subsidiary that has no material assets other than equity interests or equity interests and
indebtedness in one or more CFCs or other CFC Holdcos. 
 “CFC” means a “controlled foreign corporation” within
the meaning of Section 957 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 
 “Change of Control” means the
occurrence of any of the following after the Completion Date: 
 (1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of
related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder; or 

(2) Holdings becomes aware (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy,
vote, written notice or otherwise) of the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of
acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of
transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of 50%
or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies holding directly or indirectly 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Holdings. 

  
 6 

 “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, S.A., or any successor securities
clearance agency. 
 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 

“Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of
depreciation and amortization expense and capitalized fees related to any Receivables Facility and amortization of intangible assets, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, including the amortization of deferred financing fees of such
Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP. 

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of: 

(1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense
was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and
charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to
the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations and (e) net payments, if any, made (less net payments, if any,
received) pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness and excluding (t) penalties and interest relating to taxes; (u) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities not constituting Indebtedness, (v) any
expense resulting from the discounting of any outstanding Indebtedness in connection with the application of purchase accounting in connection with any acquisition, (w) any “additional interest” with respect to other securities,
(x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges
(including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility); plus 
 (2) consolidated capitalized interest
of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less 
 (3) interest income
for such period. 
 For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest
rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income, of such Person
and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that, without duplication, 

  
 7 

 (1) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes
as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies during such period shall be excluded, 
 (2) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed,
abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations shall be excluded, 
 (3) any
after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions or abandonments or the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person other
than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by Holdings, shall be excluded, 
 (4) the Net Income
for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided, however, that such income or loss of such Person shall be
included for such period to the extent Consolidated Net Income and Consolidated EBITDA are being calculated on a pro forma basis in accordance with this Indenture; and provided, further, that Consolidated Net Income of Holdings shall be
increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, 

(5) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07(a)(III)(A)
hereof, the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Subsidiary Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net
Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree,
order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that
Consolidated Net Income of Holdings will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) or Cash Equivalents to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof
in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein, 
 (6) any
after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded, 

(7) any impairment charge or asset write-off or
write-down, including impairment charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets or investments in debt and equity securities or as a result of a change in law or regulation, in each case, pursuant to GAAP and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be
excluded, 

  
 8 

 (8) any non-cash compensation or
similar charge or expense or reduction of revenue, including any such charge or amount arising from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights and any cash charges associated with the rollover,
acceleration or payout of Equity Interests by management, other employees or business partners of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or subsidiaries shall be excluded, 

(9) any fees, expenses or charges incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with
any acquisition, disposition, recapitalization, Investment, Asset Sale, issuance, repayment or amendment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case,
including, without limitation, any such transaction consummated prior to the Completion Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed), any non-cash expenses or charges recorded in accordance with
GAAP relating to currency valuation of foreign denominated debt and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction including any non-cash expenses or charges recorded in accordance with GAAP relating to equity interests issued to non-employees in exchange for services provided in connection with any
acquisition or business arrangement (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Completion Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) shall be excluded, 

(10) all extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring charges, gains and losses (including,
without limitation, all restructuring costs, facilities relocation costs, acquisition integration costs and fees, including cash severance payments made in connection with acquisitions, and any expense or charge related to the repurchase of Capital
Stock or warrants or options to purchase Capital Stock), and the related tax effects according to GAAP shall be excluded, 

(11) inventory purchase accounting adjustments and amortization and impairment charges resulting from other purchase accounting
adjustments in connection with acquisition transactions shall be excluded, 
 (12) the income of any Person (other than a
Restricted Subsidiary) in which any other Person (other than a wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary or any director holding qualifying shares in accordance with applicable law) has an interest, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other
distributions actually paid to a wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary by such Person shall be excluded, 
 (13) the following
items shall be excluded: 
 (a) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from Hedging
Obligations and the application of ASC 815 Derivatives and Hedging; and 

  
 9 

 (b) foreign currency and other
non-operating gain or loss and foreign currency gain (loss) included in other operating expenses including any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from currency translation
gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk). 

In addition, to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Consolidated Net Income shall include the amount of proceeds actually received from business interruption insurance and reimbursements of any expenses and charges that are covered by indemnification or
other reimbursement provisions in connection with any Permitted Investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under this Indenture. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of Section 4.07 only (other than Section 4.07(a)(III)(D)), there shall be excluded from
Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from Holdings and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted
Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant pursuant to Section 4.07(a)(III)(D). 

For the avoidance of doubt, cash amounts used by Holdings or its Subsidiaries to make purchases of debt (including, without limitation,
purchases of Term Loans or Notes) shall not reduce Consolidated Net Income, nor will any non-cash gain associated with the cancellation of such purchased debt increase Consolidated Net Income. 

“Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends
or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such
Person, whether or not contingent, 
 (1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or
indirect security therefor, 
 (2) to advance or supply funds 

(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or 

(b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of
the primary obligor, or 
 (3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner
of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof. 

  
 10 

 “continuing” means, with respect to any Default or Event of Default, that
such Default or Event of Default, as the case may be, has not been cured or waived. 
 “Corporate Trust Office of the
Trustee” means the address of the Trustee specified in Section 13.01 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Company. 

“Credit Facilities” means, with respect to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities,
including the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities or indentures), providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions,
renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such
replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09 herein)
or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders. 

“Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto. 

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

 “Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with
Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

 “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued, in whole or in part, in global form, the Person
specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 

“Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to
an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of Holdings, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such
Designated Non-cash Consideration. 
 “Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred
Stock of Holdings or any parent corporation thereof (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by Holdings or any of its
Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of Holdings or the applicable parent corporation thereof, as the case may be, on the issuance
date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.07(a)(III). 

  
 11 

 “Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock
of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a
change of control, asset sale or ceasing to be listed for trading on a national securities exchange or ceasing to be traded in contemplation thereof or other than redeemable for Capital Stock of such Person that is not itself Disqualified Stock)
pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control, asset sale or ceasing to be listed for trading on a national securities exchange or
ceasing to be traded in contemplation thereof or other than redeemable for Capital Stock of such Person that is not itself Disqualified Stock), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the maturity date of the Notes and if
and to the extent that any of the foregoing would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any
plan for the benefit of employees of Holdings or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by Holdings or its Subsidiaries
in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations. 
 “Domestic Restricted Subsidiary” means any
Restricted Subsidiary that is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia other than any such Restricted Subsidiary that is a CFC Holdco or a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary that is a
CFC. 
 “EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such
period: 
 (1) increased (without duplication) by the following, in each case (other than clause (g) below) to the
extent deducted (and not added back) in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period: 
 (a) provision for taxes based
on income or profits or capital gains, including, without limitation, state, franchise and similar taxes (such as the Delaware franchise tax, the Pennsylvania capital tax, Texas margin tax and provincial capital taxes paid in Canada) and foreign
withholding taxes and penalties and interest relating to taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted and not added back in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(b) Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses on Hedging Obligations or other derivative
instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and unrealized losses in respect of Obligations under swap contracts, (y) bank fees and (z) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case,
to the extent included in Fixed Charges), together with items excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” pursuant to clauses (1)(t) through (z) thereof to the extent the same were deducted (and not
added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus 

  
 12 

 (c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for
such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(d) the amount of any restructuring charges, integration, acquisition or disposition (or potential acquisition or disposition)
related costs (whether incurred prior to, or after, the consummation of any such acquisition or disposition (or potential acquisition or disposition)), retention or separation charges, stock option and any other
equity-based compensation expenses deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection
with acquisitions and dispositions (or potential acquisitions or dispositions) before or after the Completion Date and costs related to the closure, transfer, sale and/or consolidation of facilities; plus 

(e) any other non-cash charges, expenses or losses (including, but not limited to, non-cash rent expense, impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets and exchange rate losses) of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary including any write-offs or write-downs, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in
any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus 

(f) income attributable to non-controlling interests in Subsidiaries to the extent
deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (g) (i) the amount
of net cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions, other operating improvements and initiatives projected by Holdings in good faith to be realized as a result of actions initiated or to be initiated or taken on or prior to the date
that is 24 months after the Completion Date or 24 months after the consummation or initiation, as the case may be, of any acquisition, amalgamation, merger, disposition, operational change or initiative or other action, plan or transaction and prior
to or during such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions plus
(ii) corporate operating costs allocated out of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries to Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided that (x) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and quantifiable and (y) no cost savings
shall be added pursuant to this clause (g) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating to such cost savings that are either excluded in computing Consolidated Net Income or included (i.e., added back) in computing
“EBITDA” for such period; provided, further, that the adjustments pursuant to this clause (g) may be incremental to (but not duplicative of) pro forma adjustments made pursuant to the definition of
“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”; provided, further, that the aggregate amount of add backs made pursuant to this clause (g) shall not exceed an amount equal to 20% of EBITDA for the period of four consecutive
fiscal quarters most recently ended prior to the determination date (without giving effect to any adjustments pursuant to this clause (g)); plus 

  
 13 

 (h) any costs or expense incurred by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary
pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds
contributed to the capital of Holdings or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in
Section 4.07(a)(III); plus 
 (i) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, customary transaction and
advisory fees (including termination fees) and related indemnities and expenses paid or accrued in such period under the Advisory Agreement or otherwise to Permitted Holders to the extent otherwise permitted under Section 4.11 and similar fees
paid by Holdings, the Company and their Affiliates prior to the Completion Date and deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(j) the amount of any earn-out payments, contingent consideration or deferred purchase
price of any kind in conjunction with acquisitions; plus 
 (k) losses to the extent reimbursable by third parties in
connection with any acquisition permitted hereunder, as determined in good faith by Holdings; plus 
 (l) expenses
during such period in connection with the settlement of any litigation or claim involving Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary; plus 

(m) expenses and charges related to the incurrence of the Notes, any refinancing of the Existing Notes, and amending or
incurring additional financing in connection therewith; plus 
 (n) non-cash
charges or amounts recorded in connection with purchase accounting (including, without limitation, any applicable to future acquisitions that are permitted by this Indenture); plus 

(o) non-cash purchase accounting adjustments during such period relating to the
writedown of deferred revenue (whether billed or unbilled) that are the result of accounting for any acquisition; plus 

(p) the amount of any expense related to the minority interests; plus 

  
 14 

 (q) any non-cash expenses or charges
recorded in accordance with GAAP relating to currency valuation of foreign denominated debt, any non-cash expenses or charges recorded in accordance with GAAP relating to equity interests issued to non-employees in exchange for services provided in connection with any acquisition or business arrangement (in each case, including, without limitation, any such transaction undertaken but not completed);
plus 
 (r) debt discount and debt issuance costs, fees, charges, commissions or other related or similar costs during
such period, in each case incurred in connection with Indebtedness permitted to be incurred hereunder (whether or not such Indebtedness has been incurred); plus 

(s) fees, costs and expenses incurred under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities for such period; plus 

(t) fees, costs and expenses incurred under the Existing Notes for such period; plus 

(u) transaction fees, costs and expenses during such period in connection with any investment (including, without limitation,
any acquisitions permitted by the Indenture), disposition, recapitalization or issuance of Equity Interests and incurrence of Indebtedness or similar transactions, in each case, to the extent permitted under the Indenture and whether or not such
investment, disposition, recapitalization, issuance of Equity Interests or Indebtedness or acquisition shall have been consummated; and 

(2) decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net
Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period.

 “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding
any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock. 
 “Equity Offering” means any public or
private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of Holdings (excluding Disqualified Stock) or any of its direct or indirect parent companies to the extent contributed to Holdings as equity (other than Disqualified Stock), other than: 

(1) public offerings with respect to Holdings’ or any direct or indirect parent company’s common stock registered on
Form S-8; 
 (2) issuances to any Subsidiary of Holdings; and 

(3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution. 

“Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system, or any successor securities clearance
agency. 

  
 15 

 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and
the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder. 
 “Excluded Contribution” means net cash proceeds, marketable
securities or Qualified Proceeds received by Holdings from 
 (1) contributions to its common equity capital, and 

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of Holdings or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other
management or employee benefit plan or agreement of Holdings) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of Holdings, 

in each case after the Completion Date and in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the
principal financial officer of Holdings on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Capital Stock is sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.07(a)(III) hereof. 

“Existing Notes” means the $350 million aggregate principal amount of 4.125% Senior Notes due 2029 issued by APi DE on
June 22, 2021. 
 “Factoring Program” means any agreements or facilities entered into by Holdings or any of its
Subsidiaries for the purpose of factoring its receivables or payables for cash distribution. 
 “fair market value” means,
with respect to any asset or liability, the fair market value of such asset or liability as determined by Holdings in good faith. 

“Family” means, with respect to any Person, (i) the current and former spouses of such Person and (ii) the
ancestors, siblings and descendants, whether by blood or adoption, of such Person. 
 “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means,
with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires
or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock
subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance
or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. 

  
 16 

 For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions,
dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference
period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis, assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions,
mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter
reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any
Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for
such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. 

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or
consolidation or any other transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of Holdings (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt and without duplication, cost savings,
synergies and operating expense resulting from such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation or other transaction, in each case calculated in the manner described in the definition of “EBITDA” herein). If any
Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable
rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or
accounting officer of Holdings to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility
computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally
be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a Eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate
chosen as Holdings may designate. 
 “Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of: 

(1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period; 

(2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred
Stock during such period; and 
 (3) all cash dividends or other distributions paid or accrued (excluding items eliminated in
consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during such period. 
 “Foreign Plan” means each employee benefit plan
maintained or contributed to by Holdings, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is not subject to United States law or Canadian law. 

  
 17 

 “Foreign Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted
Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary. 

“GAAP” means (1) generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America which are in effect on the
Completion Date or (2) if elected by the Company by written notice to the Trustee in connection with the delivery of financial statements and information, the accounting standards and interpretations (“IFRS”) adopted by the
International Accounting Standard Board, as in effect during the period for which the Company is making such election; provided, that (a) all financial statements and reports required to be provided after such election pursuant to this
Indenture shall be prepared on the basis of IFRS and (b) from and after such election, all ratios, computations and other determinations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture shall be computed in conformity with IFRS. 

“Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(2) hereof, which is required to be placed on all
Global Notes issued under this Indenture. 
 “Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted
Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depository or its nominee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto and that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the
“Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b)(3), 2.06(b)(4), or 2.06(d) hereof. 

“Government Securities” means securities that are: 

(1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged;

 (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of
America, the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America which are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository
receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such
custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any
amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt; or 

(3) AAA rated money market mutual funds, where 100% of the holdings are in securities described in clauses (1) or
(2) of this definition of Government Securities or repurchase agreements that are fully collateralized by securities described in clauses (1) or (2) of this definition of Government Securities. 

  
 18 

 “Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States or any
other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or
administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central bank). 

“guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of
business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness. 

“Guarantee” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Company’s Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes. 

“Guarantor” means Holdings, each Subsidiary of Holdings (other than the Company) that Guarantees the Notes and any other
Person that becomes a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 
 “Hedging Obligations” means, with
respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign
exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer, modification or mitigation of interest rate, commodity or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies. 

“Holder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books. 

“Holdings” means APi Group Corporation, a Delaware corporation. 

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication: 

(1) any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent: 

(a) in respect of borrowed money; 

(b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without
duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof); 
 (c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the
purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business and
(ii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP; or 

(d) representing net obligations under any Hedging Obligations; 

  
 19 

 if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging
Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; 

(2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or
otherwise on, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for
collection in the ordinary course of business; and 
 (3) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type
referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person, the amount of such obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the value of
such asset or the amount of the obligation so secured; 
 provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed
not to include (a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business or (b) any obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities, Factoring Program, operating leases, or Sale and
Lease-Back Transactions (except any resulting Capitalized Lease Obligations). 

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time. 

“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in
Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of Holdings, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged. 

“Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant. 

“Initial Notes” means the first $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture on the Issue
Date. 
 “Initial Purchasers” means Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Barclays Capital Inc., RBC Capital Markets, LLC,
Blackstone Securities Partners L.P., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, UBS Securities LLC and U.S. Bancorp Investments, Inc. 

“Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in
Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, who are not also QIBs. 
 “Intermediate Parent” means
any Subsidiary of Holdings that, directly or indirectly, owns any Equity Interest of the Company. 
 “Investment Grade
Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency. 

  
 20 

 “Investment Grade Securities” means: 

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or
instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents); 
 (2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade
Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among Holdings and its Subsidiaries; 

(3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and
(2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and 
 (4) corresponding
instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments. 
 “Investments”
means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees of Indebtedness), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit,
advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to directors, officers, employees and consultants in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity
Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of Holdings in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to
the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.07 herein: 

(1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to Holdings’ equity interest in such Subsidiary) of
the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of Holdings at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary,
Holdings shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to: 

(a) Holdings’ “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less 

(b) the portion (proportionate to Holdings’ equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets
of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and 
 (2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted
Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer. 
 The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time
shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount received in Cash Equivalents by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Investment.

 “Issue Date” means October 21, 2021. 

  
 21 

 “Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial
banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York or a Place of Payment with respect to the Notes. 

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security
interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option
or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an
operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien. 
 “LTM EBITDA” means EBITDA of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on
a consolidated basis for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such LTM EBITDA is being calculated determined on a pro forma basis in a
manner consistent with the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. 
 “Market Capitalization” means, with respect to the
making of any Restricted Payment, an amount equal to the product of: 
 (a) the total number of issued and outstanding shares
of common Equity Interests of Holdings on the date of declaration of such Restricted Payment multiplied by 
 (b) the
arithmetic mean of the closing prices per share of such Equity Interests on the principal securities exchange on which such Equity Interests are listed for the 30 consecutive trading days immediately preceding the date of declaration of such
Restricted Payment. 
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency
business. 
 “Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance
with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends. 
 “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash
proceeds and Cash Equivalents received by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash and Cash Equivalents received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration,
including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or
deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on such assets (other than required by Section 4.10(b)(1) herein) and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be
provided by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after
such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction. 

  
 22 

“Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a
U.S. Person. 
 “Note Guarantee” means the Guarantee by each Guarantor of the Company’s obligations under this
Indenture and the Notes, set forth in Article 10 of this Indenture. 
 “Notes” has the meaning assigned to it in the
preamble to this Indenture. The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture; provided that if the Additional Notes are not fungible with the Notes for
U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Additional Notes will have a separate CUSIP and/or ISIN number, if applicable. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes.

 “Obligations” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in
bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), premium, penalties, fees,
expenses, costs, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties,
fees, expenses, costs, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 

“Offering Circular” means the offering circular dated as of October 6, 2021 relating to the initial offering of
the Notes. 
 “Officer” means the Executive Chairman of the board of directors, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial
Officer, Chief Operating Officer, President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, Treasurer or Secretary of the Company or a Guarantor or any manager, member, general partner or other authorized person that is
authorized to act on behalf of a Guarantor. 
 “Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of
Holdings, the Company or a Subsidiary by an Officer of Holdings, the Company or a Subsidiary (or alternatively (i) if such Subsidiary is a general partnership, one of the partners of such Subsidiary and (ii) if such Subsidiary is a limited
liability company, one or more members of such Subsidiary). 
 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal
counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the requirements of Section 13.02 hereof; provided, however, that the counsel may be an employee of or counsel to Holdings, the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company. 

“Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the
Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC (as defined herein), shall include Euroclear and Clearstream). 

  
 23 

 “Permitted Asset Swap” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange
of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided, that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be
applied in accordance with Section 4.10 herein. 
 “Permitted Holders” means each of (i) Sir Martin E. Franklin
or Ian G.H. Ashken; (ii) any member of the Family of Sir Martin E. Franklin or Ian G.H. Ashken; (iii) any conservatorship, custodianship or decedent’s estate of any Person specified in the foregoing clauses (i) or (ii);
(iv) any trust established for the benefit of any Person specified in the foregoing clauses (i) or (ii); or (v) any corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other entity, the controlling equity interests in which are
held by or for the benefit of any one or more Person specified in the foregoing clauses (i) or (ii). 
 “Permitted
Investment” means: 
 (1) any Investment in Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any entity that will
become a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Investment; 
 (2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or
Investment Grade Securities; 
 (3) any Investment by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person (including,
to the extent constituting an Investment, in assets of a Person that represent substantially all of its assets or a division, business unit or product line, including research and development and related assets in respect of any product) that is
engaged directly or through entities that will be Restricted Subsidiaries if as a result of such Investment: 
 (a) such
Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or 
 (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is
amalgamated, merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets (or such division, business unit or product line) to, or is liquidated into, Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary, 

and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided, that such Investment held by such Person was not acquired by such Person in
contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or transfer; 
 (4) any Investment in securities or
other assets, including earn-outs, not constituting Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to Section 4.10(a) herein or any other
disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale; 
 (5) any Investment existing on the Completion Date or made pursuant
to binding commitments in effect on the Completion Date or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification or renewal of any such Investment or binding commitment existing on the Completion Date; provided, that the amount of any such
Investment may be increased in such extension, modification or renewal only (a) as required by the terms of such Investment or binding commitment as in existence on the Completion Date (including as a result of the accrual or accretion of
interest or original issue discount or the issuance of pay-in-kind securities) or (b) as otherwise permitted hereunder; 

  
 24 

 (6) any Investment acquired by Holdings or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries: 
 (a) consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from
the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business; 
 (b) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts
receivable, endorsements for collection or deposit held by Holdings or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts
receivable (including any trade counterparty or customer); 
 (c) in satisfaction of judgments against other Persons; or 

(d) as a result of a foreclosure by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or
other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default; 
 (7) Hedging Obligations permitted under
Section 4.09(b)(10) herein; 
 (8) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of
Disqualified Stock) of Holdings, or any of its direct or indirect parent companies; provided, however, that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07(a)(III) herein;

 (9) guarantees of Indebtedness or other obligations of Holdings and any Restricted Subsidiary permitted under
Section 4.09 herein; 
 (10) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in
accordance with the provisions of Section 4.11(b) (except transactions described in clauses (2), (4) and (7) thereof); 

(11) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment; 

(12) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to
this clause (12) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (x)
$160.0 million and (y) 40% of LTM EBITDA at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); 

  
 25 

 (13) Investments relating to a Receivables Subsidiary or a Factoring Program
that, in the good faith determination of Holdings are necessary or advisable to effect any Receivables Facility or a Factoring Program or any transaction in connection therewith; 

(14) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or
consistent with past practices or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company thereof; 

(15) Investments (including debt obligations and Equity Interests) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization
of suppliers and customers or in settlement of delinquent obligations of, or other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business or upon the foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of
title with respect to any secured Investment; 
 (16) Investments in joint ventures of Holdings or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries existing on the Completion Date or created after the Completion Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 25% of LTM EBITDA; 

(17) any Investment in a Similar Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made
pursuant to this clause (17) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 25% of LTM EBITDA at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the
time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); 
 (18) advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of,
employees not in excess of $15.0 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate; 
 (19) advances, loans or
extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (20) any
Investment in any Subsidiary or any joint venture in connection with intercompany cash management arrangements or related activities arising in the ordinary course of business; 

(21) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of assets or services in the ordinary course of business; 

(22) Investments made in the ordinary course of business in connection with obtaining, maintaining or renewing client contacts;

 (23) Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers
compensation, performance and similar deposits entered into as a result of the operations of the business in the ordinary course of business; 

(24) repurchases of Notes; 

  
 26 

 (25) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of Uniform
Commercial Code Article 3 endorsements for collection of deposit and Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices; 

(26) Investments (i) by a Captive Insurance Subsidiary made in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past
practice, and (ii) in a Captive Insurance Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business or required under statutory or regulatory authority applicable to such Captive Insurance Subsidiary; 

(27) Investments in joint ventures in the fire safety industry or a Similar Business, in the ordinary course of business, where
applicable law requires equity ownership and supervision of regulated activities by licensed individuals employed by the Restricted Subsidiary and the Restricted Subsidiary maintains either majority or less than majority ownership of Equity
Interests of the joint venture and the right to prohibit the joint venture from engaging in material transactions and transactions outside of the ordinary course of business; 

(28) Investments not to exceed $20.0 million in the aggregate consisting of Guarantees in favor of customers of Holdings,
the Restricted Subsidiaries or joint ventures to which Holdings, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary is a party; and 

(29) If the Total Net Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 3.25:1.00 on a pro forma basis, additional Investments by the
Company and the Guarantors in Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors (other than (i) (x) investments in Equity Interests and (y) intercompany loans and advances, in each case, from the Company or a Guarantor to a
Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor the proceeds of which are used solely to finance an acquisition that is permitted by the indenture and (ii) intercompany loans and advances from a Company or a Guarantor to Restricted
Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors having a term not exceeding 90 days (inclusive of any roll over or extensions of terms) made in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice). 

“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person: 

(1) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar
legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits
of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of
business; 
 (2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case
for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding
with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP; 

  
 27 

 (3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet
overdue for a period of more than 30 days or not yet payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained
on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP; 
 (4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid
bonds, trade contracts and leases (other than capital leases), indemnity agreements in connection therewith or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in
the ordinary course of its business; 
 (5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or
rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to
the use of real properties or Liens incidental, to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect
the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person; 
 (6) Liens
securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (4), (10) (12)(B) and (18) of Section 4.09(b) herein; 

(7) Liens existing on the Completion Date (other than Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under
Sections 4.09(b)(1), 4.09(b)(2), 4.09(b)(4), 4.09(b)(10), 4.09(b)(12)(B) or 4.09(b)(18) herein); 
 (8) Liens on
property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however, such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary;
provided further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(9) Liens on property at the time Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means
of a merger or consolidation with or into Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided
further, however, that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to Holdings or another Restricted
Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 4.09 herein; 

  
 28 

 (11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as related Indebtedness is,
and is permitted to be hereunder; 
 (12) Liens on specific items of inventory of other goods and proceeds of any Person
securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; 

(13) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially
interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness; 

(14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by Holdings
and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 
 (15) Liens in favor of Holdings or any Subsidiary
Guarantor; 
 (16) Liens on equipment of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of
business to clients of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (17) Liens on accounts receivable and related
assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility; 
 (18) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension,
renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9) to the extent
that the Indebtedness secured by such new Lien is an amount equal to the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9) at
the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien hereunder, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement; provided,
however, that in each case such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property); 

(19) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers; 

(20) other Liens securing obligations not to exceed the greater of (x) $160.0 million and (y) 40% of LTM EBITDA at
any one time outstanding; 
 (21) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of any
non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred under this Indenture, to the extent such Liens relate only to the assets and properties of a non-Guarantor
Restricted Subsidiary (and for the avoidance of doubt, any Liens permitted by this clause (21) shall continue to be permitted by this clause (21) if such non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary later
provides a Guarantee of the Notes); 

  
 29 

 (22) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an
Event of Default under Section 6.01(5) so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within
which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired; 
 (23) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as
a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business; 

(24) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the
Uniform Commercial Code or any comparable or successor provision on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and
(iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of setoff) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry; 

(25) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 4.07 herein;
provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement; 

(26) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity
trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; 

(27) Liens that are contractual rights of setoff and similar customary provisions (i) relating to the establishment of
depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar
obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries including, for the avoidance of doubt, any customary pledge of accounts entered into in connection therewith or (iii) relating to purchase
orders and other agreements entered into with customers of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 

(28) Liens securing Indebtedness and other obligations to the extent permitted to be incurred under Credit Facilities,
including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, that was incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(1) herein; 

(29) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to capital stock of any joint venture or
similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement; 

  
 30 

 (30) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or
similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods entered into by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 

(31) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with
any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder; 
 (32) Liens (including prior to the Escrow Release, Liens
on Escrow Property) securing the Notes; 
 (33) ground leases in respect of real property on which facilities owned or leased
by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries are located; 
 (34) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the
financing of the premiums with respect thereto; 
 (35) Liens on Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that secure
Indebtedness or other obligations of such Unrestricted Subsidiary; 
 (36) Liens on cash advances in favor of the seller of
any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted under this Indenture to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment; 

(37) any interest or title of a lessor, sub-lessor, licensor or sub-licensor or secured by a lessor’s, sub-lessor’s, licensor’s or sub-licensor’s interest under leases or licenses
entered into by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 
 (38) deposits of cash
with the owner or lessor of premises leased and operated by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business of Holdings and such Subsidiary to secure the performance of Holdings’ or such Subsidiary’s obligations
under the terms of the lease for such premises; 
 (39) [Reserved]; 

(40) prior to the date on which a Permitted Investment is consummated, Liens arising from any escrow arrangement pursuant to
which the proceeds of any equity issuance or other funds used to finance all or a portion of such Permitted Investment are required to be held in escrow pending release to consummate such Permitted Investment; 

(41) Liens on cash in an aggregate amount up to $25.0 million pledged in lieu of issuance of a Letter of Credit in favor
of an insurance company; 
 (42) Liens on cash and Cash Equivalents securing letters of credit, bonds, support contracts,
guarantees or similar instruments permitted pursuant to Sections 4.09(b)(11) and 4.09(b)(27); 

  
 31 

 (43) Liens securing obligations of Guarantors that are Foreign Subsidiaries
not to exceed the greater of (x) $80.0 million and (y) 20% of LTM EBITDA at any one time outstanding; 
 (44) Liens in
favor of Foreign Plans arising in the ordinary course of business; and 
 (45) Liens in favor of Canadian Pension Plans
arising in the ordinary course of business that would not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect. 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock
company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 

“Place of Payment” means, with respect to the Notes of any series, the place or places where the principal of (and premium,
if any) and interest on the Notes of that series are payable as specified in accordance with this Indenture. 
 “Preferred
Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up. 

“Purchase Agreement” means that certain purchase agreement, dated as of October 6, 2021, by and among the Escrow Issuer
and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Barclays Capital Inc., as representatives of the Initial Purchasers. 
 “QIB” means a
“qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 
 “Qualified Proceeds” means assets that are used
or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business. 
 “Rating Agencies” means Moody’s and
S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by Holdings which shall be substituted for
Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be. 
 “Receivables Facility” means any of one or more customary market
receivables financing facilities, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations,
warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells its
accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not an Affiliate of Holdings or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn sells its accounts receivable to a Person that is not an Affiliate of Holdings. 

“Receivables Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts
receivable or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility. 

  
 32 

 “Receivables Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of,
and that solely engages only in one or more Receivables Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto. 
 “Regulation
S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “Regulation S Global Note” means a Global Note
substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the
outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S. 
 “Related Business
Assets” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business, provided that any assets received by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by Holdings or a Restricted
Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary. 

“Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the corporate trust group of the
Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by such officer and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to
whom such matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 
 “Restricted
Cash” means cash and Cash Equivalents held by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that would appear as “restricted” on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

“Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 

“Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 

“Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in
Regulation S. 
 “Restricted Subsidiary” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of Holdings (including
any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the
definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.” 
 “Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated
under the Securities Act. 
 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

  
 33 

 “Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the
Securities Act. 
 “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The
McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business. 
 “Sale and
Lease-Back Transaction” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or
is to be sold or transferred by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing. 

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien. 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated
thereunder. 
 “Senior Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that ranks pari passu in
right of payment with the Notes or the Guarantee of such Guarantor, as the case may be. For the avoidance of doubt, any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture shall constitute
Senior Indebtedness for the purposes of this Indenture unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or any related Guarantee. 

“Senior Secured Credit Facilities” means the Credit Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2019, among APi Group DE,
Inc., Holdings, the several lenders and other parties from time to time parties thereto and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in
connection therewith, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified by Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of October 22, 2020, and any other amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings
or refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or
commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted
under Section 4.09 herein). 
 “Senior Secured Leverage Ratio” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of
(a) the Secured Indebtedness of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of determination (determined after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence of Indebtedness, and each other incurrence, assumption, guarantee,
redemption, retirement and extinguishment of Indebtedness as of such date of determination) to (b) EBITDA of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for
which internal financial statements are available. For purposes of determining the “Senior Secured Leverage Ratio,” “EBITDA” shall be subject to the adjustments applicable to “EBITDA” as provided
for in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.” 

  
 34 

 “Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a
“significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in
effect on the Completion Date. 
 “Similar Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by Holdings
and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Completion Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto or a reasonable extension, development or expansion of such business. 

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on
which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness as of the first date it was incurred in compliance with the terms of this Indenture, and will not include any contingent obligations
to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 

“Stock Purchase Agreement” means that certain Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 26, 2021, by and among Carrier
Global Corporation, Carrier Investments UK Limited, Chubb Limited and Holdings. 
 “Subordinated Indebtedness” means, with
respect to the Notes, 
 (1) any Indebtedness of the Company which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the
Notes, and 
 (2) any Indebtedness of any Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee
of such entity of the Notes. 
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person: 

(1) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company
or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of
determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; and 

(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which 

(a) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited
partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited
partnership or otherwise, and 

  
 35 

 (b) such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a general
partner or otherwise controls such entity. 
 “Subsidiary Guarantor” means each Restricted Subsidiary that Guarantees the
Notes in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 
 “Tax” means any tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other
governmental charge (including penalties, interest and any other liabilities related thereto, and, for the avoidance of doubt, including any withholding or deduction for or on account of any of the foregoing). “Taxes” shall be
construed to have a corresponding meaning. 
 “Total Net Leverage Ratio” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio
of (a) the Indebtedness of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of determination, less the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents in excess of any Restricted Cash that would be stated on the balance sheet of Holdings and its
Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of such date of determination (in each case, determined after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence of Indebtedness, and each other incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption,
retirement and extinguishment of Indebtedness as of such date of determination), to (b) EBITDA of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal
financial statements are available. For purposes of determining the “Total Net Leverage Ratio,” “EBITDA” shall be subject to the adjustments applicable to “EBITDA” as provided for in the definition
of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.” 
 “Transactions” means the Acquisition, any transactions directly or
indirectly related to the consummation of the Acquisition pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement, the issuance of the Notes, borrowings under the agreement governing the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, the payment of fees and expenses relating
thereto, other related transactions as described in the Offering Circular and the consummation of any other transaction in connection with the foregoing. 

“Treasury Rate” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury
securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical
Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to October 15, 2024; provided, however, that if the period from the Redemption Date to
October 15, 2024 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used. 

“Trustee” means Computershare Trust Company, N.A., until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions
of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 
 “U.S. dollar” means the
lawful currency of the United States of America. 
 “U.S. Person” means a U.S. Person as defined in
Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act. 

  
 36 

 “Unrestricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note that does not bear
and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend. 
 “Unrestricted Global Note” means a Global Note that does not
bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend. 
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means: 

(1) any Subsidiary of Holdings (other than the Company and any Intermediate Parent) which at the time of determination is an
Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by Holdings, as provided below); and 
 (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary. 
 The Company may designate any Subsidiary of Holdings (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly
formed Subsidiary, but excluding the Company and any Intermediate Parent) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of,
Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings (other than solely any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that 

(1) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the
votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar function are owned, directly or indirectly, by Holdings; 

(2) such designation complies with the covenant described under Section 4.07 herein; 

(3) each of: 

(a) the Subsidiary to be so designated; and 

(b) its Subsidiaries has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or
otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary; and 

(4) provided that notwithstanding any provision of this Indenture to the contrary, if there are any transactions or a series of
transactions occurring contemporaneously with a designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such designation shall be deemed made simultaneously with the occurrence of such contemporaneous transactions. 

The Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to
such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either: 

  
 37 

 (1) Holdings could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant
to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described in Section 4.09(a); or 
 (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for
Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation. 

Any such designation by the Company shall be notified by the Company to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the
resolution of the board of directors of the Company or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions. 

Actions taken by an Unrestricted Subsidiary will not be deemed to have been taken, directly or indirectly, by Holdings or any Restricted
Subsidiary. 
 “Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time
entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person. 
 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means,
when applied to any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing: 

(1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled
principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by 

(2) the sum of all such payments. 

Section 1.02 Other Definitions. 
  

					
	 Term
	  	Defined in
Section	 
	 “Acceptable Commitment”
	  	 	4.10	 
	 “Additional Amounts”
	  	 	4.19	 
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	 	4.11	 
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	  	 	4.10	 
	 “Authentication Order”
	  	 	2.02	 
	 “Base Currency”
	  	 	13.12	 
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	 	4.14	 
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	 	4.14	 
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	 	4.14	 
	 “Completion Date”
	  	 	12.02	 
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	 	8.03	 

  
 38 

					
	 Term
	  	Defined in
Section	 
	 “Covenant Suspension Event”
	  	 	4.18	 
	 “Deposit Date”
	  	 	12.01	 
	 “DTC”
	  	 	2.06	 
	 “Escrow Account”
	  	 	12.01	 
	 “Escrow Agent”
	  	 	12.01	 
	 “Escrow Agreement”
	  	 	12.01	 
	 “Escrow Outside Date”
	  	 	12.03	 
	 “Escrow Property”
	  	 	12.01	 
	 “Escrow Release”
	  	 	12.02	 
	 “Escrow Release Officer’s Certificate”
	  	 	12.02	 
	 “Event of Default”
	  	 	6.01	 
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	 	4.10	 
	 “incur”
	  	 	4.09	 
	 “Judgment Currency”
	  	 	13.12	 
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	 	8.02	 
	 “OFAC”
	  	 	13.14	 
	 “Offer Amount”
	  	 	3.09	 
	 “Offer Period”
	  	 	3.09	 
	 “Pari Passu Indebtedness”
	  	 	4.10	 
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	 	2.03	 
	 “Permitted Debt”
	  	 	4.09	 
	 “Purchase Date”
	  	 	3.09	 
	 “Redemption Date”
	  	 	3.07	 
	 “Registrar”
	  	 	2.03	 
	 “Refinancing Indebtedness”
	  	 	4.09	 
	 “Refunding Capital Stock”
	  	 	4.07	 
	 “Restricted Payments”
	  	 	4.07	 
	 “Reversion Date”
	  	 	4.18	 
	 “Special Mandatory Redemption”
	  	 	3.10	 
	 “Special Mandatory Redemption Date”
	  	 	3.10	 
	 “Special Mandatory Redemption Price”
	  	 	3.10	 
	 “Special Termination Date”
	  	 	3.10	 
	 “Successor Company”
	  	 	5.01	 
	 “Successor Person”
	  	 	5.01	 

  
 39 

					
	 Term
	  	Defined in
Section	 
	 “Suspended Covenants”
	  	 	4.18	 
	 “Suspension Date”
	  	 	4.18	 
	 “Suspension Period”
	  	 	4.18	 
	 “Tax Jurisdiction”
	  	 	4.19	 
	 “Tax Redemption Date”
	  	 	3.11	 
	 “Treasury Capital Stock”
	  	 	4.07	 

 Section 1.03 Rules of Construction. 

Unless the context otherwise requires: 

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 

(3) “or” is not exclusive; 

(4) “including” is not limiting; 

(5) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 

(6) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command; 

(7) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; 

(8) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement of
successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time; and 
 (9) references to payment of amounts based upon
the principal amount of the Notes or of principal, interest or of any other amount payable under, or with respect to, any of the Notes or any Note Guarantee of any Guarantor, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of
Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof. 
 ARTICLE 2

 THE NOTES 

Section 2.01 Form and Dating. 

(a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached
hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage (but which shall not affect the rights, duties, obligations or immunities of the Trustee without the consent of the Trustee). Each Note will
be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. 

  
 40 

 The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly
made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors, and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any
Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
 (b)
Global Notes. Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes
issued in definitive form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note will
represent such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of
outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal
amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Registrar or the Custodian, at the direction of the Registrar, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof. 

(c) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and
“Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream will be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the
Regulation S Permanent Global Note that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream; provided, that the Trustee and the Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes shall not have any duty or obligations with respect to any
such procedures. 
 Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication. 

At least one Officer must sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature. 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be
valid. 
 A Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature will be conclusive evidence
that the Note has been authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. 
 The Trustee, or an authenticating agent, will, upon receipt of a
written order of the Company signed by an Officer (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate the Notes for original issue that may be validly issued under this Indenture, including any Additional Notes. Such written order shall
specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of the Notes is to be authenticated and whether the Notes are to be in global or definitive 

  
 41 

 
form. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for issuance by the Company pursuant to one or more
Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.07 hereof. The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be issued under this Indenture is unlimited. 

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate the Notes, or the Company may appoint an
authenticating agent. An authenticating agent may authenticate the Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same
rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company. 
 Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent. 

The Company will maintain (i) one or more offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for
exchange (each, a “Registrar”) and one or more offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented for payment (each, a “Paying Agent”). The Company may appoint one or more
co-Registrars and one or more additional Paying Agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-Registrar and the term “Paying Agent”
includes any additional Paying Agent. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such co-Registrar or additional Paying Agents and of any change in the name or address of any such
Registrar or Paying Agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. Holdings or
any of its Subsidiaries may act as a Paying Agent or Registrar with respect to the Notes. The Company initially appoints the Trustee as the Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes. 

The Company initially appoints DTC to act as Depositary with respect to the Notes. 

The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as Custodian with respect to the Notes held in global form. 

Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. 

The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit
of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest, if any, on, the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any
such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying
Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) will have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by
it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 

  
 42 

 Section 2.05 Holder Lists. 

The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of
all Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar for any series of Notes, the Company will furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in
such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes. 

Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange. 

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the
Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Notes in the form of Global Notes
will be exchanged by the Company for Notes in the form of Definitive Notes if: 
 (1) DTC (a) notifies the Company that
it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the Notes or (b) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, the Company fails to appoint a successor Depositary; 

(2) the Company, at its option, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of the Notes in the form
of Definitive Notes; or 
 (3) there has occurred and is continuing an Event of Default with respect to the Notes and DTC
notifies the Trustee of its decision to exchange the Notes in the form of Global Notes for Notes in the form of Definitive Notes. 
 Upon
the occurrence of any of the preceding events in clauses (1), (2) or (3) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in
part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 2.06(a), every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to
this Section 2.06(a) or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a),
however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Sections 2.06(b), (c) or (e) hereof. 

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global
Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes will be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set
forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with either clause (1) or (2) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following
clauses, as applicable: 

  
 43 

 (1) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note.
Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private
Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a
U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders
or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(1). 

(2) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers
and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either: 

(A) both: 

(i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable
Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and 

(ii) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account
to be credited with such increase; or 
 (B) both: 

(i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable
Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and 

(ii) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such
Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in clause (1) above. 
 Upon satisfaction of all of
the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Registrar shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global
Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof. 
 (3) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global
Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of
Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the Registrar receives the following: 

  
 44 

 (A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial
interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and 

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the
transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof. 

(4) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted
Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the Registrar receives the following: 

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or 

(B) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a
Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this clause (4), an Opinion of Counsel stating that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with
the Securities Act and state “blue sky” laws and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 

If any such transfer is effected pursuant to clause (4) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the
Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal
amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to clause (4) above. 
 Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot
be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. 

(c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes. 

(1) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If, in accordance with
Section 2.06(a), any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in
the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 

  
 45 

 (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note
proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof; 

(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect
set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (C) if such beneficial interest
is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (2) thereof; 
 (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption
from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 

(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from
the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of
Counsel required by item (3)(d) thereof, if applicable; 
 (F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 

(G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act,
a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 
 the Registrar shall cause the
aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order shall authenticate and deliver to the
Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(1) shall be registered in
such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall
deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(1) shall bear the Private
Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein. 

  
 46 

 (2) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted
Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in
the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) if the holder of such
beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b)
thereof; or 
 (B) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial
interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this Section 2.06(c)(2), an Opinion of Counsel stating that such exchange or transfer is in compliance
with the Securities Act and state “blue sky” laws and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 

(3) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon
satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(2) hereof, the Registrar will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Unrestricted Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof, and the
Company will execute and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange
for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest requests through instructions to the Registrar
from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee will deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest
pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will not bear the Private Placement Legend. 
 (d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for
Beneficial Interests. 
 (1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes.
If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 

  
 47 

 (A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange
such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof; 

(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the
effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (C) if such Restricted
Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto,
including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 
 (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred
pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 

(E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption
from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion
of Counsel required by item (3)(d) thereof, if applicable; 
 (F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being
transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 

(G) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the
Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 

the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, the Registrar will increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of,
in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note. 

(2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted
Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note
only if: 
 (A) the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the
Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or 

  
 48 

 (B) the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a
Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this clause (2), an Opinion of Counsel stating that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with
the Securities Act and state “blue sky” laws and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(2), the Trustee will cancel the
Definitive Notes and the Registrar shall increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. 

(3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an
Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note
at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global
Notes. 
 If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to
clause (2) or (3) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate one
or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred. 
 (e)
Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar will register the transfer
or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form
satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder must provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to
the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e). 
 (1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive
Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following: 

  
 49 

 (A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the
transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 

(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in
the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 
 (C) if the transfer will be
made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel
required by item (3)(d) thereof, if applicable. 
 (2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive
Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if: 

(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a
certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or 

(B) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery
thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this clause (2), an Opinion of Counsel stating that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with
the Securities Act and state “blue sky” laws that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 

(3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may
transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the
instructions from the Holder thereof. 
 (f) Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and
Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 

  
 50 

 (1) Private Placement Legend. 

(A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in
exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form: 
 “THIS SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS
ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH
REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THIS SECURITY IS NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THIS SECURITY MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER.
BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS
ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 
 THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY
AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT (A) THIS SECURITY MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (I) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS SUBSIDIARIES, (II) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY
BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (III) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT, (IV) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE) OR (V) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH OF CASES
(I) THROUGH (V) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS SECURITY FROM IT OF THE RESALE
RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.” 
 (B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note
issued pursuant to clauses (b)(4), (c)(2), (c)(3), (d)(2), (d)(3), (e)(2), (e)(3) or paragraph (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.

 (2) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form: 

  
 51 

 “THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS
NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE OR THE REGISTRAR MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION
2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE
INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY. 
 UNLESS AND UNTIL IT
IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE
DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK,
NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO., OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL
INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.” 
 (g) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of
Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled, in whole and not in part, each such Global
Note will be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will
take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note
by the Registrar or by the Depositary at the direction of the Registrar to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest
in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Registrar or by the Depositary at the direction of the Registrar to reflect such increase. 

(h) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges. 

(1) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate Global Notes
and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request. 

  
 52 

 (2) No service charge will be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a
Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any
such taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.04 hereof). 

(3) The Registrar will not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note selected for redemption in whole or
in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 
 (4) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes
issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes will be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or
Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 
 (5) None of the Trustee or the Registrar or
the Company will be required: 
 (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning
at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection; 

(B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for redemption, in whole or in part, except the unredeemed
portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or 
 (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date
and the next succeeding interest payment date. 
 (6) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any
Note, the Trustee, any Agent, the Registrar, the Transfer Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest
on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent, the Registrar, the Transfer Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 

(7) The Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02
hereof. 
 (8) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to
this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile or e-mail. 

  
 53 

 (9) Neither the Trustee, the Registrar nor any transfer agent shall have any
obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer or exchange imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer or exchange of any Note (including any transfers
between or among participants or other beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by the terms of this Indenture and to examine
the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements thereof. 
 Section 2.07 Replacement Notes.

 If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Company or the Trustee, and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the
destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company will issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an
indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is
replaced. The Company may charge for its expenses (including any charge that may be imposed in connection therewith and the fees and expenses of the Trustee) in replacing a Note. 

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note had become or is about to become due and payable, the Company, in its discretion,
may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in this Section 2.07. 
 Every
replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 

The provisions of this Section 2.07 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies of any Holder
with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note. 
 Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes. 

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it or the
Registrar for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in
Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note. 
 If a
Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. 

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases
to accrue. 
 If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or
maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest. 

  
 54 

 For purposes of determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes
have taken any action as herein described, the principal amount of Notes shall be deemed to be the U.S. Dollar equivalent of such principal amount of Notes as of (i) if a record date has been set with respect to the taking of such action,
such date or (ii) if no such record date has been set, the date the taking of such action by the Holders of such requisite principal amount is certified to the Trustee by the Company. 

Section 2.09 Treasury Notes. 

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned
by the Company or any Guarantor, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any Guarantor, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the
purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned will be so disregarded. 

Section 2.10 Temporary Notes. 

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee (or Authenticating Agent, as
applicable), upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and
as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company will prepare and the Trustee (or Authenticating Agent, as applicable) will authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. 

Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture. 

Section 2.11 Cancellation. 

The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any
Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation. Certification of the cancelled
Notes will be delivered to the Company upon request. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation other than Notes that are surrendered or replaced pursuant to
Sections 2.06 or 2.07 hereof. 
 Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest. 

If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent
lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company will fix or cause to be fixed each

  
 55 

 
such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date may be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least
15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) will mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record
date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and shall make
arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee to deposit with the Trustee or Paying Agent an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money
when so deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as provided in this Section 2.12. 

Section 2.13 Additional Notes. 

The Company shall be entitled, subject to its compliance with Section 4.09 hereof, to issue Additional Notes under this Indenture in an
unlimited aggregate principal amount which shall have identical terms as the Initial Notes, other than with respect to the date of issuance and issue price and first payment of interest. 

With respect to any Additional Notes issued hereunder, the Company shall set forth in a resolution of its board of directors and an
Officer’s Certificate, a copy of each of which shall be delivered to the Trustee and Paying Agent, the following information: 
 (1) the aggregate
principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture; and 
 (2) the issue price, the issue date and the
CUSIP of such Additional Notes. 
 ARTICLE 3 

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT 

Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee. 

If the Company elects to redeem the Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it must furnish to the
Trustee, at least 15 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth: 
 (a) the
clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur; 
 (b) the redemption date; 

(c) the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed; and 

(d) the redemption price. 

  
 56 

 Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased. 

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, in the case of physical Notes, the
Registrar will select the Notes for redemption or purchase (i) if the Company does not give written notice to the Registrar that the Notes are listed in a securities exchange, then on a pro rata basis in the case of physical notes or, in
the case of Notes issued in global form, in accordance with the requirements of the Depositary or (ii) if the Company gives written notice to the Registrar that the Notes are so listed, in compliance with the requirements of such securities
exchange. 
 In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased will be selected,
unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 15 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption or purchase date by the Registrar from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase. 

The Registrar will promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note
selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. No Notes of a principal amount of $2,000 shall be redeemed or purchased in part, except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or
purchased, the entire outstanding amount of the Notes held by such Holder shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to the Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply
to portions of the Notes called for redemption or purchase. Neither the Registrar nor the Trustee shall be liable for the selection made in accordance with this Section 3.02. 

Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption. 

Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof, at least 15 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company
will transmit or cause to be transmitted, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be transmitted more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is
issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 11 hereof. 

The notice will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will state: 

(a) the redemption date; 
 (b) the
redemption price; 
 (c) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that,
after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued upon cancellation of the original Note; 

(d) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

  
 57 

 (e) that the Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect
the redemption price; 
 (f) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption
ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 
 (g) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which
the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and 
 (h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP
number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes. 
 At the Company’s request, the Trustee will give the notice of
redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee, at least three Business Days prior to the date that a notice of redemption is to be transmitted, unless the
Trustee has agreed to a shorter period, an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in this Section 3.03. 

Any such redemption may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including any related Equity
Offering or a Change of Control. In addition, if such redemption is subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, the related notice shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Company’s
discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied or waived (provided that in no event shall such redemption date be delayed to a date later than 60 days after the date on which
such notice was transmitted), or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied or waived by the redemption date, or by the redemption date as so delayed.

 Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption. 

Once notice of redemption is transmitted in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, the Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due
and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price, subject to satisfaction of any condition permitted pursuant to Section 3.03 or 3.07 hereof. 

Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price. 

One Business Day prior to the redemption or purchase date, unless the Trustee has agreed to a shorter period, the Company will deposit with
the Trustee or with the applicable Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued interest on all Notes (or portions of Notes) to be redeemed or purchased on that date. 

The Trustee or the applicable Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money so deposited with the Trustee or such Paying Agent
by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued interest on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased. 

  
 58 

 If the Company complies with the provisions of this Section 3.05, on and after the
redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of the Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest
payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for
redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Company to comply with this Section 3.05, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any
interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. 

Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part. 

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the
Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. 

Section 3.07 Optional Redemption. 

(a) At any time prior to October 15, 2024, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal
amount of Notes issued under this Indenture, upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 104.750% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus Additional Amounts and accrued and unpaid interest, if
any, to, but excluding, the date of redemption (the “Redemption Date”) (subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date), in an amount not to exceed the
net proceeds from an Equity Offering or a contribution to the Company’s common equity capital made with the net cash proceeds of an Equity Offering; provided that: 

(1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of such applicable Notes originally issued under this Indenture (calculated
after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and 

(2) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering. 

(b) At any time prior to October 15, 2024, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less
than 15 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such applicable Notes redeemed, plus the Applicable Premium as of, and Additional Amounts and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the
applicable date of redemption, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. 

(c) Except pursuant to Section 3.07(a) or (b) or Section 3.11, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Company’s option
prior to October 15, 2024. 

  
 59 

 (d) On or after October 15, 2024, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem
all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus Additional Amounts and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the
Notes redeemed, to the applicable date of redemption, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on October 15 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant
record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2024
	  	 	102.375	% 
	 2025
	  	 	101.188	% 
	 2026 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (e) Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the
Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date. 
 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
Article 3, in connection with any tender offer for the Notes at a price of at least 100% of the principal amount of such applicable Notes tendered, plus Additional Amounts and accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but excluding, the
applicable tender settlement date, if Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding applicable Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in such tender offer and the Company, or any third party making such a
tender offer in lieu of the Company, purchases all of such applicable Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Company or such third party will have the right upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given
not more than 30 days following such purchase date, to redeem all such applicable Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price equal to the price offered to each other Holder in such tender offer plus, to the extent not included
in the tender offer payment, Additional Amounts and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date. 

Notice of any redemption pursuant to this Article 3 may, at the Company’s discretion, be given prior to the completion of a
transaction (including an Equity Offering, an incurrence of Indebtedness, a Change of Control or other transaction) and any redemption notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including completion
of a related transaction. If such redemption or purchase is so subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Company’s discretion, the
redemption date may be delayed until such time (including more than 60 days after the date the notice of redemption was mailed or delivered, including by electronic transmission) as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption
or purchase may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the redemption date, or by the redemption date as so delayed. In addition, the Company may provide in such
notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. 

  
 60 

 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 3, Holdings, the Company and
their Affiliates may acquire the Notes by any means other than a redemption, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise. 

(f) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 

Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption. 

Other than as outlined below under Sections 3.09 and 3.10, the Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments
with respect to the Notes. 
 Section 3.09 Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds. 

In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Company is required to commence an Asset Sale Offer, it will follow the procedures
specified below. 
 The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with
the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase, prepay or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets. The Asset Sale Offer will remain open for a period of at least 20 Business Days
following its commencement and not more than 30 Business Days, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period
(the “Purchase Date”), the Company will apply all Excess Proceeds (the “Offer Amount”) to the purchase of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount
of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered, if applicable) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and other Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased
will be made in the same manner as interest payments are made. 
 If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or
before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders who
tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. 
 Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company will transmit a notice to the
Trustee and each of the Holders. The notice will contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The notice, which will govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, will state:

 (1) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length
of time the Asset Sale Offer will remain open; 
 (2) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date; 

(3) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest; 

  
 61 

 (4) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note
accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date; 
 (5) that
Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof; 

(6) that Holders electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with
the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying
Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date; 
 (7) that Holders will be
entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, an electronic transmission, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the
name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; 

(8) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered by holders thereof
exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company will select the Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered (with such
adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000, or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, will be purchased); and 

(9) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased
portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer). 
 On or before the
Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount
has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the
Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, will promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering
Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate
and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the
Company to the Holder thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on or about the Purchase Date. 

  
 62 

 Section 3.10 Special Mandatory Redemption; Escrow. 

(a) Unless the Acquisition has been consummated substantially concurrently with the closing of the offering of the Notes, in the event that
(i) the Escrow Outside Date occurs and the Escrow Agent shall not have received an Escrow Release Officer’s Certificate on or prior to such date, (ii) the Escrow Issuer informs the Escrow Agent in writing that, in the reasonable
judgment of the Escrow Issuer, the Acquisition will not be consummated on or prior to the Escrow Outside Date or (iii) the Escrow Issuer informs the Escrow Agent in writing that the Stock Purchase Agreement was terminated prior to the Escrow
Outside Date (the date of any such event being the “Special Termination Date”), the Escrow Issuer will redeem all of the Notes (the “Special Mandatory Redemption”) at a price (the “Special Mandatory
Redemption Price”) equal to 100% of the initial issue price of the Notes, if any, from the Issue Date to, but excluding, the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive
interest due on the relevant interest payment date. 
 (b) Notice of the Special Mandatory Redemption will be delivered by the Escrow Issuer
(or the Trustee, if applicable pursuant to the Escrow Agreement) substantially in the form attached as Exhibit F hereto no later than one (1) Business Day following the Special Termination Date, to the Trustee, the Holders and the Escrow Agent,
and will provide that the Notes shall be redeemed on a date that is no later than the third (3rd) Business Day after such notice is given by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Indenture (in each case, the “Special Mandatory
Redemption Date”) or otherwise in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC. 
 (c) On or prior to the Special Mandatory
Redemption Date, the Escrow Agent shall pay to the Trustee for payment to each Holder of Notes the Special Mandatory Redemption Price for all outstanding Notes and, substantially concurrently with the payment to such Holders and after payment or
accrued and unpaid fees and expenses of the Trustee and the Escrow Agent, deliver any excess Escrow Property (if any) to the Company. The obligation to fund such amount, if applicable, will terminate upon the consummation of the Acquisition. Upon
the deposit of funds sufficient to pay the Special Mandatory Redemption Price on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date with the Trustee on or before such date, the Notes to be redeemed will cease to bear interest and all rights under the Notes to be
redeemed shall terminate. The Trustee will apply the proceeds upon a Special Mandatory Redemption first to pay the principal amount of the Special Mandatory Redemption Price and then to apply any additional amounts to the accrued and unpaid interest
component of the Special Mandatory Redemption Price. The Trustee will release to (or at the direction of) the Escrow Issuer any Escrow Property remaining after a Special Mandatory Redemption of the Notes and payment of fees and expenses. For the
avoidance of doubt, the Escrow Issuer will not be required to effect a Special Mandatory Redemption following the Escrow Release. Any redemption made pursuant to this Section 3.10 shall be made pursuant to the procedures
set forth in this Indenture and the Escrow Agreement, except to the extent inconsistent with this Section 3.10. 

  
 63 

 Section 3.11 Redemption for Changes in Taxes. 

The Company may redeem the Notes, in whole but not in part, at its discretion at any time upon giving not less than 30 nor more than 60
days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the date of redemption (a “Tax Redemption Date”) (subject to the right of
holders of the Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date if the Notes have not been redeemed prior to such date), if on the next date on which any amount would be payable in respect of the Notes,
the Company is or would be required to pay Additional Amounts and cannot avoid any such payment obligation by taking reasonable measures available (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the appointment of a new paying agent), and the requirement
arises as a result of: 
 (a) any change in, or amendment to, the laws and treaties (or any regulations, or rulings promulgated thereunder)
of the relevant Tax Jurisdiction affecting taxation which change or amendment has not been publicly announced as formally proposed before and becomes effective on or after the Issue Date (or if the relevant Tax Jurisdiction has changed since the
Issue Date, on or after the date on which the then current Tax Jurisdiction became the applicable Tax Jurisdiction under this Indenture); or 

(b) any change in, or amendment to, the existing official published position regarding the application, administration or interpretation of
such laws, regulations or rulings (including a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction or a change in published practice), which change or amendment has not been publicly announced as formally proposed before and becomes
effective on or after the Issue Date (or if the relevant Tax Jurisdiction has changed since the Issue Date, on or after the date on which the then current Tax Jurisdiction became the applicable Tax Jurisdiction under this Indenture). 

The Company will not give any such notice of redemption earlier than 60 days prior to the earliest date on which the Company would be
obligated to make such payment or withholding if a payment in respect of the Notes were then due and at the time such notice is given, the obligation to pay Additional Amounts must remain in effect. Prior to the mailing of any notice of redemption
of the Notes pursuant to this Section 3.11, the Company will deliver to the Trustee an opinion of independent tax counsel (which counsel will be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee) to the effect that there has been such change or amendment
which would entitle the Issuer to redeem the Notes under this Indenture. In addition, before the Company mails a notice of redemption of the Notes pursuant to this Section 3.11, it will deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate to
the effect that it cannot avoid its obligation to pay Additional Amounts by the Company taking reasonable measures available to it. 
 The
Trustee will accept and will be entitled to conclusively rely on such Officer’s Certificate and opinion of independent tax counsel as sufficient evidence of the existence and satisfaction of the conditions as described above, in which event it
will be conclusive and binding on the Holders of the Notes. 

  
 64 

 ARTICLE 4 

COVENANTS 
 Section 4.01
Payment of Notes. 
 The Company will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium on, if any, and interest, if any, on, the Notes
on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 10:00 a.m.
Eastern Time on the due date (or such other time as the Company and the Paying Agent may mutually agree from time to time), money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal,
premium, if any, and interest, if any, then due. 
 If default is made by the Company in respect of any payment, unless and until the full
amount of the payment has been made under the terms of this Indenture (except as to the time of making the same) or other arrangements satisfactory to the Paying Agent have been made, the Paying Agent shall not be bound to act as Paying Agent. 

The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy
Law) on overdue principal at a rate that is 1% higher than the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under
any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest, if any (without regard to any applicable grace period), at the same rate to the extent lawful. 

Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency. 

The Company will maintain in each Place of Payment for any series of Notes, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an
affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-Registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and
this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company fails to maintain any such required office or agency or
fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any
or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission will in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in each Place
of Payment for any series of Notes for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 

The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with
Section 2.03 hereof. 
 Section 4.03 Reports. 

(a) Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, Holdings will furnish to the Holders
of such Notes (or file with the SEC for public availability), within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations: 

(1) all quarterly and annual reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Forms
10-Q and 10-K if Holdings were required to file such reports, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report thereon by the Company’s certified independent accountants; and 

  
 65 

 (2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if Holdings were required to file such reports. 
 All such reports will be prepared in all
material respects in accordance with all of the rules and regulations applicable to such reports. In addition, Holdings will file a copy of each of the reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the SEC for public availability
within the time periods specified in the rules and regulations applicable to such reports (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing) and will post the reports on its website within those time periods. 

(b) Holdings and the Company agree that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, if at any time they are not required to file with the SEC
the reports required by clauses (1) and (2) of Section 4.03(a), they will furnish to the Holders and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the
Securities Act. 
 Each report or document required to be furnished or delivered pursuant to this Indenture shall be deemed to have been so
furnished or delivered on the date on which Holdings posts such document on its website, or when such document is posted on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. 

The Trustee shall have no responsibility to determine whether filing of reports under this Section 4.03 has occurred. In the absence of
written notification from the Company or the Holders, the Trustee shall be entitled to presume that such filings were made. Delivery, if any, of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the
Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including Holdings’ or the Company’s, as applicable, compliance with any of
its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates). 
 Section 4.04
Compliance Certificate. 
 (a) The Company and each Guarantor shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal
year, beginning with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, an Officer’s Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the
signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her
knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and whether or not is in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture
(or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his
or her knowledge whether or not any event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of, premium on, if any, or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a
description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 

  
 66 

 (b) So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company will deliver to the Trustee,
within 30 Business Days of any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officer’s Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 

Section 4.05 Activities Prior to the Escrow Release. Prior to the Completion Date, Escrow Issuer’s primary activities will be
restricted to issuing the Notes, issuing capital stock and receiving capital contributions, performing its obligations in respect of the Notes under the Indenture, the Escrow Agreement and the Purchase Agreement, consummating the Escrow Release,
redeeming the Notes (if applicable) and conducting such other activities as are related to the foregoing or are necessary, appropriate or desirable to effectuate the transactions related thereto, including the Transactions. Prior to the Completion
Date, Escrow Issuer will not engage in any business activity or enter into any transaction or agreement (including, without limitation, making any Restricted Payment, incurring any Indebtedness, incurring any Liens except in favor of the Holders of
the Notes, entering into any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of its assets or engaging in any transaction with its Affiliates) except in the ordinary course of the primary activities described above. 

Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 

The Company and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or
in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and
each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein
granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 

Section 4.07 Restricted Payments. 

(a) Holdings will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 

(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of Holdings’, or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation other than (a) dividends or distributions by Holdings payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified
Stock) of Holdings; or (b) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary, Holdings
or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities; 

  
 67 

 (2) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any
Equity Interests of Holdings, or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings, including any purchase, redemption, defeasance, acquisition or retirement, in connection with any merger or consolidation; 

(3) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior
to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness, other than (a) Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.09(b)(7) and (8) or (b) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated
Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or 

(4) make any Restricted Investment; 

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above (other than any exceptions thereof) being collectively referred to
as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment: 
 (I) no Default shall have
occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; 
 (II) immediately after giving effect to such
transaction on a pro forma basis, Holdings could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a) herein; and 

(III) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by Holdings and its
Restricted Subsidiaries after the Completion Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (2) (with respect to the payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) pursuant to paragraph (b) thereof only),
(6)(c), (7), (9) and (13) (to the extent not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income) of Section 4.07(b), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07(b)), is less than the sum of (without duplication):

 (A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of Holdings for the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning on
July 1, 2021, to the end of Holdings’ most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a
deficit, minus 100% of such deficit; plus 
 (B) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value of
marketable securities or other property received by Holdings since immediately after the Completion Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, or issue Disqualified Stock or
Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(12)(A)) from the issue or sale of: 
 (i) Equity Interests of Holdings,
including Treasury Capital Stock (as defined below), but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of: 

  
 68 

 (x) Equity Interests to any present, former or future employees, directors,
officers, managers or consultants of Holdings, any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings and Holdings’ Subsidiaries after the Completion Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with
clause (4) of Section 4.07(b); and 
 (y) Designated Preferred Stock; and 

(ii) debt securities of Holdings that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of Holdings; 

provided, however, that this clause (B) shall not include the proceeds from (W) Refunding Capital Stock (as defined
below), (X) Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings) sold to a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, (Y) Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been
converted into Disqualified Stock or (Z) Excluded Contributions; plus 
 (C) 100% of the aggregate amount
received in cash and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary by means of: 

(i) the sale or other disposition (other than to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by
Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted
Investments by Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after the Completion Date; or 
 (ii) the sale (other
than to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of
Section 4.07(b) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case, after the Completion Date; plus 

(D) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Completion Date, the
fair market value (as determined in good faith by Holdings, provided that if such fair market value may exceed lesser of (x) the fair market value (as determined in good faith by Holdings) of the investments of Holdings and any
Restricted Subsidiary in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of such re-designation or merger or consolidation and (y) the fair market value (as determined in good faith by Holdings, such
determination shall be made by the board of directors of Holdings and evidenced by a board 

  
 69 

 
resolution) of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary other than to the extent the Investment
in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of Section 4.07(b) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment; plus 

(E) $120.0 million. 

(b) The provisions of Section 4.07(a) hereof will not prohibit: 

(1) the payment of any dividend or distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date
of declaration thereof or the giving of the irrevocable redemption notice, as applicable, if at the date of declaration or notice such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 

(2) (a) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“Treasury
Capital Stock”) or Subordinated Indebtedness of Holdings or any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted
Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to the extent contributed to Holdings (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) (“Refunding Capital
Stock”) and (b) if immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under Section 4.07(b)(6), the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding
Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings) in an aggregate amount no greater than
the aggregate amount per year of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement; 

(3) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified
Stock of the Company or a Guarantor made in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor or Disqualified Stock, as the case may be, that in each case which
is incurred in compliance with Section 4.09 herein but only: 
 (A) to the extent that the principal amount (or accreted
value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for
value, plus the amount of any reasonable premium to be paid, defeasance costs and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness, and any excess amount is otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

  
 70 

 (B) if such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the applicable
Guarantee at least to the same extent, if at all, as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired for value; 

(C) if such new Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final
scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired; and 

(D) if such new Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the
remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired; 

(4) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests
(other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of Holdings, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect
parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement (x) upon the death or disability of such employee, director or consultant or (y) upon the
resignation or other termination of employment of such employee, director or consultant; provided, however, that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) do not exceed in any calendar year $40.0 million
(with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $60.0 million in any calendar year); provided further that such amount in
any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed: 
 (A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests
(other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings and, to the extent contributed to Holdings, Equity Interests of any of Holdings’ direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of Holdings, any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Completion Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of
Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (3) of this Section 4.07(b); plus 
 (B) the cash proceeds of key
man life insurance policies received by Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Completion Date; less 
 (C)
the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (A) and (B) of this clause (4); 

  
 71 

 and provided further that (i) cancellation of Indebtedness owing to Holdings or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries from any future, present or former employers, directors, officers, members of management or consultants of Holdings, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of Holdings’ Restricted Subsidiaries in
connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and (ii) the repurchase of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of options, warrants or similar instruments if such
Equity Interests represents all or a portion of the exercise price thereof or payments, in lieu of the issuance of fractional Equity Interests or withholding to pay other taxes payable in connection therewith, in the case of each of foregoing
clauses (i) and (ii), will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of this Indenture; 

(5) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of Holdings or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries and of Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary issued in accordance with Section 4.09 herein to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Fixed Charges”; 

(6) (A) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than
Disqualified Stock) issued by Holdings after the Completion Date; 
 (B) the declaration and payment of dividends to a direct
or indirect parent company of Holdings, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent corporation issued after the
Completion Date, provided that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (B) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to Holdings from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; or 

(C) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends
declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (2) of this paragraph; 
 provided, however, in the case of each of
subparagraphs (A) and (B) of this clause (6), that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or
the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would have had a
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00; 
 (7) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate
fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (7) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not
consist of cash or marketable securities, not to exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 25% of LTM EBITDA at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving
effect to subsequent changes in value); 

  
 72 

 (8) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock
options, warrants or other equity-based awards if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options, warrants or awards and, so long as no Event of Default or Default shall have
occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom; 
 (9) the declaration and payment of dividends on Holdings’
common stock (or payments of dividends to any direct or indirect parent entity) to fund payments of dividends on such entity’s common stock following any public offering of Holdings’ common stock or the common stock of any direct or
indirect parent company of Holdings after the Completion Date, in an amount not to exceed 6.0% per annum of the amount of net cash proceeds received by or contributed to Holdings in or from any such public offering, other than public offerings with
respect to Holdings’ common stock registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution; 

(10) Restricted Payments that are made in an amount equal to the amount of Excluded Contributions previously received; 

(11) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this
clause (11) not to exceed in each case since the date of this Indenture the greater of (x) $120.0 million and (y) 30% of LTM EBITDA; 

(12) distributions or payments of Receivables Fees or any payments in connection with a Factoring Program; 

(13) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness in accordance
with the provisions similar to those described in Sections 4.10 and 4.14 herein; provided that all Notes tendered in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have first been repurchased, redeemed or
acquired for value; 
 (14) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed
to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary by Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents); 

(15) payments made or expected to be made by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of withholding or similar taxes
payable by any present, former or future employees, director, officers, managers or consultants of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(16) other Restricted Payments so long as, immediately after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, the Total Net Leverage
Ratio for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available preceding such Restricted Payment is not greater than (x) in the case of any Restricted
Investment, 3.00 to 1.00 and (y) for any Restricted Payment other than a Restricted Investment, 2.75 to 1.00, each on a pro forma basis; and 

  
 73 

 (17) Restricted Payments by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary to the
holders of its Equity Interests in an aggregate amount per annum not to exceed 5.0% of Market Capitalization; 
 provided, however, that at
the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (7), (9), (11), (14), (16) and (17), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof. 

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with Section 4.07(b) above, in the event that a proposed Restricted Payment (or a portion
thereof) meets the criteria of clauses (1) through (17) of Section 4.07(b) or is entitled to be made pursuant to Section 4.07(a) hereof, Holdings will be entitled to classify or later reclassify (based on circumstances existing
on the date of such reclassification) such Restricted Payment (or a portion thereof) between such clauses (1) through (17) of Section 4.07(b) and Section 4.07(a) in any manner that otherwise complies with this Section 4.07;
and 
 (d) If Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries become contractually obligated to make any Restricted Payment at the time the
requirements set forth in Section 4.07(a)(I) and (II) continue to be satisfied, then Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, may continue to make such Restricted Payments, even if such requirements cease to be satisfied
at the time such Restricted Payment is actually made and the amount available for Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 4.07(a)(III) on or after the date on which such requirements cease to be satisfied shall be equal to the amount that would
have been available for Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 4.07(a)(III) on such date without giving effect to any Restricted Payments made on such date pursuant to and in compliance with this sentence. 

(e) Holdings will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the penultimate sentence of the
definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”. For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in
the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted
Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to Section 4.07(a) or under clauses (7), (10), (11) or (16) of Section 4.07(b), or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investment,”
and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in this Indenture. Holdings will not be permitted to designate the
Company or any Intermediate Parent as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary”. 
 Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions
Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 (a) Holdings will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the
Company) that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor
to: 

  
 74 

 (1) (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions to Holdings or any
Restricted Subsidiary on its Capital Stock, or (b) pay any Indebtedness owed to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(2) make loans or advances to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary; or 

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary. 

(b) The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) hereof will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of: 

(1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Completion Date, including pursuant to the Senior Secured Credit
Facilities and the related documentation and Hedging Obligations and any related documentation (or, in each case, any amendment, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings); 

(2) this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees; 

(3) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature
discussed in Section 4.08(a)(3) herein on the property so acquired; 
 (4) applicable law or any applicable rule,
regulation or order; 
 (5) any agreement or other instrument (including an instrument governing Capital Stock or
Indebtedness) of a Person acquired by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiaries in existence at the time of such acquisition or at the time it merges with or into Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or assumed in connection with the
acquisition of assets from such Person (but, in any such case, not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its
Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired or the property or assets so assumed; 

(6) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of Holdings pursuant to an
agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary; 

(7) Secured Indebtedness and other Credit Facilities otherwise permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Completion Date
pursuant to Sections 4.09 and 4.12 herein; 
 (8) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by
customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (9) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or
Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Completion Date pursuant to Section 4.09 herein; 

  
 75 

 (10) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar
agreements or arrangements relating solely to such joint venture; 
 (11) customary provisions contained in leases, licenses
or similar agreements, including with respect to intellectual property and other agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

(12) restrictions created in connection with any Receivables Facility or Factoring Program that, in the good faith
determination of Holdings are necessary or advisable to effect the transactions contemplated under such Receivables Facility or Factoring Program; 

(13) non-assignment provisions of any contract or any lease of any Restricted
Subsidiary entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (14) restrictions on the transfer of assets subject to any
Lien permitted under this Indenture imposed by the holder of such Lien; 
 (15) any agreement or instrument governing Capital
Stock of any Person that is acquired; 
 (16) restrictions or conditions contained in any trading, netting, operating,
construction, service, supply, purchase, sale or other agreement to which Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party entered into in the ordinary course of business; provided that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance of
solely the property or assets of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary that are the subject to such agreement, the payment rights arising thereunder or the proceeds thereof and does not extend to any other asset or property of Holdings or such
Restricted Subsidiary or the assets or property of another Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (17) any encumbrances or restrictions of
the type referred to in clauses (1) and (2) of Section 4.08(a) to the extent that such encumbrances or restrictions do not materially adversely affect the consolidated cash position of the Company or Guarantors; 

(18) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of Section 4.08(a)
imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (17) of
Section 4.08(b); provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of Holdings, either (i) not materially more
restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing, or (ii) ordinary and
customary with respect to such instruments and obligations at the time of such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; 

  
 76 

 (19) restrictions and conditions on any Restricted Subsidiary organized in
jurisdictions where such restrictions are customary, including the People’s Republic of China, or any state or other political subdivision thereof 

(20) provisions in any customary indenture in connection with Indebtedness permitted hereunder, and any Contractual Obligations
relating thereto; or 
 (21) restrictions in a surety or performance bond entered into in the ordinary course of business.

 Section 4.09 Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock. 

(a) Holdings will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume,
guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “incur” and an “incurrence”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and Holdings will not issue any
shares of Disqualified Stock and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided, however, that Holdings may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue
shares of Disqualified Stock, and subject to the second provision in this paragraph, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock,
if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such
additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if
the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period. 

(b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) hereof will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively,
“Permitted Debt”): 
 (1) the Senior Secured Credit Facilities plus the incurrence of Indebtedness pursuant
to Credit Facilities by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal
amount equal to the face amount thereof), up to an aggregate principal amount at the time of incurrence not exceeding the sum of (a) the greater of $400.0 million and 100% of LTM EBITDA and (b) additional indebtedness if, after giving
effect to the incurrence of such amount, the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00; 
 (2) the
incurrence by the Company and any Guarantor of Indebtedness under the Notes (including Guarantees thereof) (other than any Additional Notes) and any notes (including Guarantees thereof) issued in exchange for the Notes pursuant to a registration
rights agreement; 

  
 77 

 (3) Indebtedness and Disqualified Stock of Holdings and its Restricted
Subsidiaries in existence on the Completion Date (other than Indebtedness permitted in clauses (1) and (2) above); 

(4) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) and Disqualified Stock incurred or issued by Holdings or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, and the issuance of Preferred Stock by any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings, to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment (other than software) that is used or useful in a
Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets, in an aggregate principal amount at the date of such incurrence (including all Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance any
other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (4)) not to exceed the greater of (x) $150.0 million and (y) 40% of LTM EBITDA; provided, however, that such Indebtedness exists at the date of such purchase or transaction
or is created within 365 (for the avoidance of doubt, the purchase date for any asset shall be the later of the date of completion of installation and the beginning of the full productive use of such asset) days thereafter (it being understood that
any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued, pursuant to this clause (4) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (4) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the
first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness or issued such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this covenant
without reliance on this clause (4)); 
 (5) Indebtedness incurred by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type
obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided, however, that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing
or incurrence; 
 (6) Indebtedness arising from agreements of Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for
indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person
acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of Holdings or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (6)); 

(7) Indebtedness of Holdings to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted
Subsidiary (other than the Company) that is not a Guarantor shall be deemed to be subordinated in right of payment to the Notes unless the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide otherwise (in which case such Indebtedness

  
 78 

 
shall not be permitted by this clause); provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in the Restricted Subsidiary holding
such Indebtedness ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not
permitted by this clause (7); 
 (8) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to Holdings or another Restricted
Subsidiary; provided that if the Company or a Guarantor incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Company) that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness shall be deemed to be subordinated in right of payment to the
Notes (in the case of the Company) or to the Guarantee of the Notes of such Guarantor (in the case of a Guarantor) unless the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide otherwise (in which case such Indebtedness shall not be permitted by this
clause); provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Indebtedness being held by a person other than Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer
of any such Indebtedness (except to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (8); 

(9) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary, provided
that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except
to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (9); 

(10) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting
interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Section 4.09, exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk; 

(11) obligations arising under any performance or surety bond or obligations in respect of letters of credit related thereto,
provided by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business, which for the avoidance of doubt includes for purposes of this section, but is not limited to, bonding provided with respect to
contracts and projects, including to support contracts and projects of permitted joint ventures of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, and where Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary is co-bonding a
project where a Restricted Subsidiary or permitted joint venture is a subcontractor on the contract or project; 
 (12) (A)
Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of Holdings and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary equal to 100.0% of the net cash proceeds received by Holdings since immediately after the Completion Date from the
issue or sale of Equity Interests of Holdings or cash contributed to the capital of Holdings (in each case, other than proceeds of Disqualified Stock, Designated Preferred 

  
 79 

 
Stock or sales of Equity Interests to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with Section 4.07(a) (III)(C) to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not
been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant Section 4.07(b) or to make Permitted Investments specified in clauses (10), (12), (14), (16), (17) or
(18) of the definition thereof and (B) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of Holdings and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount
or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this subclause (12)(B), does not at
any one time outstanding exceed the greater of (x) $160.0 million and (y) 40% of LTM EBITDA (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this subclause (12)(B) shall cease to be
deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this subclause (12)(B) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of Section 4.09(a) from and after the first date on which Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under Section 4.09(a) without reliance on this subclause (12)(B)); 

(13) the incurrence or issuance by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, and the
issuance by any Restricted Subsidiary of Preferred Stock, in each case which serves to refund, refinance, replace, renew, extend or defease any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of any
Restricted Subsidiary incurred or issued as permitted under Section 4.09(a) and Sections 4.09(b)(2), (3), (4), (12)(A), (13) and (14) or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock previously incurred or issued to so
refund, refinance, replace, renew, extend or defease such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, including additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred or issued to pay premiums (including tender premiums),
defeasance costs, accrued interest, fees and expenses in connection therewith (the “Refinancing Indebtedness”) prior to its respective maturity; provided, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness: 

(A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the
remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded, refinanced, replaced, renewed, extended or defeased (or requires no or nominal payments in cash prior to the date that is 91
days after the maturity date of the Notes); 
 (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refunds, refinances, replaces,
renews, extends or defeases (i) Indebtedness subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Guarantee thereof, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee thereof at least to the same
extent as the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced, replaced, renewed, extended or defeased or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively; and 

  
 80 

 (C) shall not include: 

(i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of Holdings (other than the Company) that is not a
Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company; 
 (ii) Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of Holdings (other than the Company) that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Guarantor; or 

(iii) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of Holdings or Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted
Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; 
 and, provided, further, that
Section 4.09(b)(13)(A) will not apply to any refunding, refinancing, replacement, renewal, extension or defeasance of any Credit Facilities or Secured Indebtedness; 

(14) (x) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of Holdings and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted
Subsidiary, incurred or issued to finance an acquisition (or other purchase of assets) or (y) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Persons that are acquired by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into or
consolidated with Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that in the case of (x) and (y) after giving effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation, either (a) Holdings
would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first sentence of this covenant or (b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of Holdings and the Restricted
Subsidiaries is greater than immediately prior to such acquisition or merger; 
 (15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring
by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; 

(16) Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to Credit
Facilities, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit; 
 (17) (A) any guarantee by
Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this
Indenture, or 
 (B) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of Holdings; 

  
 81 

 (18) Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements in each case, incurred in the ordinary
course of business; 
 (19) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
to current or former officers, directors and employees thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of
Holdings to the extent described in Section 4.07(b)(4) herein; 
 (20) Indebtedness consisting of cash management
services incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (21) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary
course of business from customers for goods purchased in the ordinary course of business; 
 (22) Indebtedness owed on a short-term basis of no longer than 30 days to banks and other financial institutions incurred in the ordinary course of business of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries with such banks or financial institutions
that arises in connection with ordinary banking arrangements to manage cash balances of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(23) Indebtedness incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with bankers’ acceptances, discounted bills of
exchange or the discounting or factoring of receivables or payables for credit management purposes, in each case incurred or undertaken consistent with past practice or in the ordinary course of business; 

(24) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of Holdings in an amount not to exceed, at any one time outstanding and together with
any other Indebtedness incurred under this clause (24), the greater of (x) $120.0 million and (y) 30% of LTM EBITDA; 

(25) Indebtedness consisting of Guarantees in favor of customers of Holdings, its Restricted Subsidiaries or joint ventures to
which Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary is a party not to exceed $20.0 million in the aggregate; 
 (26) Indebtedness
of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary not to exceed $40.0 million at any time (without giving effect to any write-offs or write-downs of such Indebtedness); and 

(27) Indebtedness of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary: 

(A) pursuant to tenders, statutory obligations, bids, leases, governmental contracts, trade contracts, surety, stay, customs,
appeal, performance and/or return of money bonds or other similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business; and 

(B) in respect of letters of credit, bank guaranties, surety bonds, performance bonds or similar instruments to support any of
the foregoing items. 

  
 82 

 (c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, (1) in the event
that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1)
through (27) of Section 4.09(b) or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a), Holdings, in its sole discretion, will classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any
portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above clauses of Section 4.09(b) or under Section 4.09(a); and (2) at the time of
incurrence, Holdings will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Section 4.09(a) and Section 4.09(b); provided that all Indebtedness outstanding
under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities on the Completion Date will be treated as incurred on the Completion Date under clause (1) of Section 4.09(b). Notwithstanding the above, Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors
may not incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in the aggregate pursuant to Section 4.09(a) and clauses (12), (13), (14) and (24) of Section 4.09(b) if, after giving pro forma effect to such
incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), the aggregate amount of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors incurred or
issued pursuant to this Section 4.09(a) and clauses (12), (13), (14) and (24) of Section 4.09(b) at any one time outstanding would exceed the greater of (x) $160.0 million and (y) 40% of LTM EBITDA. 

(d) Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of
interest in the form of additional Indebtedness and the payment of dividends in the form of additional Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, will in each case not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or
Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09. 
 (e) For purposes of determining compliance with any
U.S. Dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. Dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign
currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such
Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. Dollar denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate
in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. Dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not
exceed (a) the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced, plus (b) the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums (including tender premiums) and other costs and expenses (including original issue discount,
upfront fees or similar fees) incurred in connection with such refinancing. 
 (f) The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to
refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that
is in effect on the date of such refinancing. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.09, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may incur pursuant to this Section 4.09 shall not be
deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values. 

  
 83 

 (g) The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be, in respect to
Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person, the lesser of: 
 (1) the Fair Market
Value of such assets at the date of determination; and 
 (2) the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person. 

Section 4.10 Asset Sales. 

(a) Holdings will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless: 

(1) Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least
equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by Holdings at the time of contractually agreeing to such Asset Sale) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and 

(2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by Holdings or such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the following shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose: 

(A) any liabilities (as reflected in Holdings’ or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the
footnotes thereto or, if incurred or increased subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been shown on Holdings’ or such Restricted Subsidiary’s balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto if such
incurrence or increase had taken place on the date of such balance sheet, as determined by Holdings) of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes) that are assumed by the
transferee of any such assets pursuant to a written agreement which releases or indemnifies Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary from such liabilities; 

(B) any securities, notes or other similar obligations received by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee
that are converted by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days of the receipt thereof; and 

(C) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by Holdings or such Restricted
Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) that is at that time outstanding,
not to exceed the greater of (i) $150 million and (ii) 40% of LTM EBITDA at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value. 

  
 84 

 (b) Within 450 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, Holdings or
such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale, 
 (1) to permanently reduce
Indebtedness as follows: 
 (A) to permanently reduce Secured Indebtedness, including, without limitation, under the Senior
Secured Credit Facilities, in each case, which is secured by a Lien that is permitted by this Indenture and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto; 

(B) to permanently reduce Obligations under other Senior Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor (and to correspondingly
reduce commitments with respect thereto), provided that the Company or such Guarantor shall equally and ratably reduce (or offer to reduce, as applicable) Obligations under the Notes on a pro rata basis to the extent the Obligations being
reduced were incurred after the Issue Date; provided further that all reductions of Obligations under the Notes shall be made as provided under Section 3.07 herein or through open-market purchases
(to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders of Notes to
purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid; or 

(C) if the assets subject of such Asset Sale are the property or assets of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Company)
that is not a Guarantor, to permanently reduce Indebtedness of (i) a Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Company) that is not a Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, or (ii) the Company or a
Guarantor. 
 (2) to make (A) an Investment in any one or more businesses; provided that such Investment in any
business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary,
(B) capital expenditures or (C) acquisitions of other assets, in each of (A), (B) and (C), used or useful in a Similar Business; or 

(3) to make an Investment in (A) any one or more businesses; provided that such Investment in any business is in
the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary,
(B) properties or (C) acquisitions of other assets that, in each of (A), (B) and (C), replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale; 

  
 85 

 provided that, in the case of clauses (2) and (3) above, a binding commitment entered into
not later than such 450-day period shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as Holdings, or such other Restricted Subsidiary enters into such
commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an “Acceptable Commitment”) and, in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later
cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Proceeds are applied in (x) connection therewith or (y) such Net Proceeds are not actually so invested or paid in accordance with clause (2) or (3) above by the end of such 180-day period, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds. 
 Pending the final application
of any Net Proceeds, the holder of such Net Proceeds may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this
Indenture. 
 (c) Any Net Proceeds from the Asset Sale that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in
Section 4.10(b) will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $100.0 million, the Company shall make an offer to all Holders of the Notes and if required by the
terms of any Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes or any Guarantee (“Pari Passu Indebtedness”), to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “Asset Sale Offer”), to purchase the maximum
aggregate principal amount of the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that is an integral multiple of $1,000 (but in minimum amounts of $2,000) that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price, in the case of the Notes,
in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus Additional Amounts and accrued and unpaid interest, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, and in the case of any Pari Passu Indebtedness at the offer price
required by the terms thereof but not to exceed 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, in accordance with the procedures set forth herein. The Company will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess
Proceeds within 10 Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $100.0 million by transmitting the notice required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee. The Company may satisfy the foregoing
obligations with respect to any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale by making an Asset Sale Offer with respect to such Net Proceeds prior to the expiration of the relevant 450 days or with respect to Excess Proceeds of $100.0 million or less. 

(d) To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, tendered pursuant to an Asset
Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, Holdings may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purposes not otherwise prohibited under this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may
be, surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, such Notes or Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, will be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of such Notes or
Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, tendered (and the Registrar will select the tendered Notes (in the case of physical Notes) of tendering holders on a pro rata basis, or such other basis in accordance with DTC procedures (in the
case of global Notes) based on the amount of Notes tendered). Additionally, the Company may, at its option, make an Asset Sale Offer using proceeds from any Asset Sale at any time after consummation of such Asset Sale. Upon consummation or
expiration of any Asset Sale Offer, any Net Proceeds not used to purchase Notes or Pari Passu Indebtedness in such Asset Sale Offer shall not be deemed Excess Proceeds and Holdings may use any Net Proceeds not required to be used for general
corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained herein. 

  
 86 

 (e) The Company will comply with the requirements of
Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant
to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to
have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue of such compliance. 
 The provisions under this Indenture relative to the
Company’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of an Asset Sale may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. 

Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates. 

(a) Holdings will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise
dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of
Holdings (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $25.0 million, unless: 

(1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to Holdings or its relevant Restricted
Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; and 

(2) the Company delivers to the Trustee, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions
involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $50.0 million, a resolution adopted by the majority of the board of directors of Holdings (or a resolution of the Audit Committee of the board of directors of Holdings approved by a
majority of the members of the Audit Committee) approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above. 

(b) The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of
Section 4.11(a) hereof: 
 (1) transactions between or among Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(2) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07 herein and the definition of “Permitted Investment”;

  
 87 

 (3) the payment of reasonable and customary compensation and fees paid to,
and indemnities provided for the benefit of, former, current or future officers, directors, employees or consultants of Holdings, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(4) transactions in which Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter
from an Independent Financial Advisor either stating that such transaction is fair to Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that such terms are not materially less favorable to Holdings or its relevant
Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; 

(5) any agreement as in effect as of the Completion Date, or any amendment thereto or any transaction contemplated thereby
(including pursuant to any amendment thereto) or by any replacement agreement thereto (so long as any such amendment or replacement agreement is not more disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect when taken as a whole as compared to the
applicable agreement as in effect on the Completion Date as determined in good faith by Holdings); 
 (6) the existence of,
or the performance by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of
the Completion Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment
to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Completion Date shall only be permitted by this clause (6) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise
disadvantageous in any material respect in the good faith judgment of the board of directors or management of Holdings to the Holders when taken as a whole; 

(7) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the
ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture which are fair to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors of Holdings or the senior management
thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party; 

(8) the sale and issuance of Equity Interests of Holdings to any Permitted Holder or to any director, officer, employee or
consultant of Holdings or its direct or indirect parent entities or its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Affiliates thereof otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture; 

(9) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility or Factoring Program;

  
 88 

 (10) payments by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any of
the investors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures which payments are
approved by a majority of the board of directors of Holdings in good faith; 
 (11) any issuances of securities or other
payments, awards, grants in cash, securities or otherwise or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of Holdings, any of its direct or indirect parent entities or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to, or for the
funding of, employment arrangements or agreements, stock option plans, stock ownership plans and other similar arrangements with such employees or consultants which, in each case, are approved by Holdings in good faith; 

(12) the pledge of Equity Interests of any Unrestricted Subsidiary to lenders to support the Indebtedness of such Unrestricted
Subsidiary owed to such lenders; 
 (13) any transaction with a joint venture which would constitute an Affiliate Transaction
solely because Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary owns an equity interest or otherwise controls such joint venture or similar entity; and 

(14) the payment of management, consulting, monitory and advisory fees and related expenses pursuant to the Advisory Agreement
pursuant to the terms of the Advisory Agreement as in effect on the Completion Date or pursuant to any amendment thereto or a new or replacement agreement (so long as any such amendment or new or replacement agreement is not materially more
disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the Advisory Agreement in effect on the Completion Date). 

Section 4.12 Liens. 

Holdings will not, and will not permit the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or otherwise
cause or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness or any related Guarantee of the Company or any Guarantor, on any asset or property of the Company or any Guarantor, or any income or profits
therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless: 
 (a) in the case of any Liens securing Subordinated
Indebtedness, the Notes and related Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; and 

(b) in all other cases, the Notes or the Guarantees are equally and ratably secured, except that the foregoing shall not apply to or restrict
Liens securing obligations in respect of the Notes (and exchange notes with respect thereto) and the related Guarantees. 
 Any Lien created
for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to this Section 4.12 shall be deemed automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of each of the Liens described in clauses (a) and
(b) above. If Holdings, the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor should require the Trustee to execute any document in connection with such release and discharge of a Lien, the Company shall provide an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of
Counsel each stating that (i) such release and discharge is authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and the Notes, and (ii) that all conditions precedent to such release and discharge have been satisfied. 

  
 89 

 Section 4.13 Corporate Existence. 

Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect
its corporate existence. 
 Section 4.14 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control. 

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Company has previously or concurrently transmitted a redemption notice with respect to all the
outstanding Notes as described under Section 3.07, the Company will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash (the “Change of
Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus Additional Amounts and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes of record on the relevant
record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will transmit notice of such Change of Control Offer, with a copy
to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC with the following information: 

(1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.14 and that all Notes properly tendered
pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Company; 
 (2) the purchase price and the
purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is transmitted (the “Change of Control Payment Date”), except in the case of a conditional Change of Control Offer made in advance
of a Change of Control as described below; 
 (3) that any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to
accrue interest; 
 (4) that unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted
for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date; 

(5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such
Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the Paying Agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third
Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; 

  
 90 

 (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their
election to require the Company to purchase such Notes; provided that the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the expiration date of the Change of Control Offer, an electronic transmission, facsimile transmission or
letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased; 

(7) that if the Company is purchasing less than all of the Notes, the remaining Notes will be equal in principal amount to the
unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof; 

(8) the other instructions, as determined by the Company, consistent with the covenant described hereunder, that a Holder must
follow; and 
 (9) if such notice is transmitted prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of
Control Offer is conditional upon the occurrence of such Change of Control. 
 The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to a
Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to
have breached its obligations in this Indenture by virtue of such compliance. 
 (b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will,
to the extent permitted by law: 
 (1) accept for payment all Notes issued by it or portions thereof properly tendered
pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; 
 (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of
Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and 
 (3) deliver or cause to be delivered
to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to, and purchased by, the Company. 

The Paying Agent will promptly mail (but in any case not later than five days after the Change of Control Payment Date) to each Holder of
Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in
principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. 

  
 91 

 (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.14, the Company will not
be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.14
and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer, or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable
redemption price. 
 (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a
Change of Control, conditioned upon the consummation of such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time the Change of Control Offer is made. In such a case, the related notice shall describe such
condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Company’s discretion, the purchase date may be delayed until such time as such condition shall be satisfied, or such purchase may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event
that such condition shall not have been satisfied by the purchase date, or by the purchase date as so delayed. 
 (e) Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained herein, in connection with any Change of Control Offer, if Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in such tender offer and
the Company, or any third party making such a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Company, purchase all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Company or such third party will have the right upon not less than 15 nor
more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase date, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price equal to the price offered to each other Holder in such Change of Control
Offer; plus, to the extent not included in the Change of Control Offer payment, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date. 

Section 4.15 Payments for Consent. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any
consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to
all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement. 

Section 4.16 Additional Note Guarantees. 

(a) The Company will cause each Domestic Restricted Subsidiary that incurs material Indebtedness, has Indebtedness under Credit Facilities or
guarantees Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture (in the form attached as Exhibit E hereto) in which such Restricted Subsidiary will unconditionally
guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and all other obligations under this Indenture on a senior unsecured basis and to deliver an Opinion of Counsel to
the Trustee within 30 days of the date on which such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary incurred material Indebtedness, had Indebtedness under the Credit Facilities or guaranteed Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor, stating that such
supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by that Domestic Restricted Subsidiary 

  
 92 

 
and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of that Domestic Subsidiary, enforceable in accordance with its terms (subject to customary exceptions). The Company will cause each Restricted
Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary that guarantees the Senior Secured Credit Facility to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture (in the form attached as Exhibit E hereto) in which such Restricted Subsidiary will
unconditionally guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and all other obligations under this Indenture on a senior unsecured basis and to deliver an Opinion
of Counsel to the Trustee within 30 days of the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary guaranteed the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, stating that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and
delivered by such Restricted Subsidiary and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of such Restricted Subsidiary, enforceable in accordance with its terms (subject to customary exceptions including those specified in Section 4.16(c) below);
provided, however, that solely with respect to each Foreign Subsidiary that as of the Completion Date guarantees the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, such Foreign Subsidiaries will execute the supplemental indenture concurrently with
the execution of the supplemental indenture by the Foreign Subsidiaries acquired pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) in the event that any Domestic Restricted Subsidiary, which is a Guarantor, has no
material Indebtedness, has no Indebtedness under Credit Facilities and is released and discharged in full from all of its obligations under guarantees of the Company or any Guarantor, then the Guarantee of such Guarantor shall be automatically and
unconditionally released or discharged; provided, that such Restricted Subsidiary has not incurred any Indebtedness in reliance on its status as a Guarantor under Section 4.09 hereof unless such Guarantor’s obligations under such
Indebtedness so incurred are satisfied in full and discharged or are otherwise permitted under one of the exceptions available at the time of such release to Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof and (ii) in the event
that any Foreign Subsidiary, which is a Guarantor, has no Indebtedness under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and is released and discharged in full from all of its obligations under guarantees thereunder, then the Guarantee of such Guarantor
shall be automatically and unconditionally released or discharged. 
 (b) Each Guarantee will be limited to an amount not to exceed the
maximum amount that can be guaranteed by that Guarantor without rendering the Guarantee, as it relates to such Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of
creditors generally. 
 (c) The guarantee obligations of a Guarantor under its Note Guarantee may further be limited, modified, delayed or
withheld as necessary or appropriate (i) to be consistent with the limitations of its guarantee or obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, (ii) if in certain jurisdictions it is either impossible or impractical to grant
guarantees; provided that the Company shall use commercially reasonable endeavors to overcome any such obstacle, (iii) to avoid any general legal limitations such as general statutory limitations, financial assistance, corporate benefit,
“thin capitalization” rules, retention of title claims or similar matters, (iv) to avoid a conflict with (A) the fiduciary duties of directors, (B) the contravention of any legal prohibition or regulatory condition,
(C) a material risk of personal or criminal liability for any officers or directors, in each case as determined by the Company in good faith, (v) avoid negotiations with pension trustees or regulators where such Note Guarantee would have a
materially negative financial or cash effect on a pension obligation or (vi) avoid a material income inclusion under Section 951(a)(1)(B) of the Code. 

  
 93 

 (d) In connection with the Completion Date, the Trustee is hereby authorized and directed to
execute and deliver the intercreditor agreement with the administrative agent for the Senior Secured Credit Facilities in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H. 

Section 4.17 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 

The board of directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not
cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as Unrestricted
will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07 hereof or under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted Investments, as
determined by the Company. That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The board of directors of the Company
may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if that redesignation would not cause a Default. 
 Any
designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an
Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 4.07 hereof. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if
such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 4.09 hereof, the Company will be in default of such covenant. The board of directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such
designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable reference period; and
(2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation. 
 Section 4.18 Covenant Suspension.

 (a) During any period of time following the Issue Date that (i) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies,
and (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture then, beginning on that day (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a
“Covenant Suspension Event”) and continuing until the occurrence of the Reversion Date, if any, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the following sections of this Indenture: 

  
 94 

 Section 4.07; 

Section 4.08; 

Section 4.09; 

Section 4.10; 

Section 4.11; 

Section 4.16; and 

Section 5.01(a)(4); 

(collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”). The Company or Holdings shall give the Trustee written notice of any Covenant
Suspension Event and in any event not later than five (5) Business Days after such Covenant Suspension Event has occurred. In the absence of such notice, the Trustee shall assume the Suspended Covenants apply and are in full force and effect.
The Company or Holdings shall give the Trustee written notice of any occurrence of a Reversion Date not later than five (5) Business Days after such Reversion Date. After any such notice of the occurrence of a Reversion Date, the Trustee
shall assume the Suspended Covenants apply and are in full force and effect. Upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event, the amount of Excess Proceeds with respect to any applicable Asset Sale shall be set at zero at such date (the
“Suspension Date”). In addition, in the event that Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the
“Reversion Date”) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraws its Investment Grade Rating or downgrades the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating or a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing,
then Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants with respect to future events. The period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reversion Date is referred to in this Section 4.18
as the “Suspension Period.” Within 30 days of the Reversion Date, any Restricted Subsidiary that would have been required during the Suspension Period but for the Suspended Covenants by Section 4.16 hereof to execute a
supplemental indenture will execute such supplemental indenture required by Section 4.16 hereof. 
 (b) During any period that the
foregoing Suspended Covenants have been suspended, Holdings may not designate any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to clause (2) of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” 

(c) During any Suspension Period, Holdings will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction; provided, however, that Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary may enter into a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction if (i) Holdings or
such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred a Lien to secure the Indebtedness attributable to such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction pursuant to Section 4.12 without equally and ratably securing the
Notes pursuant to the covenant described therein; and (ii) the consideration received by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary in that Sale and Lease-Back Transaction is at least equal to the fair market
value of the property sold and otherwise complies with Section 4.10; provided, further, that this Section 4.18(c) shall cease to apply on and subsequent to the Reversion Date following such Suspension Period. 

  
 95 

 (d) During the Suspension Period, Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries will be entitled
to incur Liens to the extent provided for under Section 4.12 (including, without limitation, Permitted Liens) to the extent provided for in such covenant and any Permitted Liens which may refer to one or more Suspended Covenants shall be
interpreted as though such applicable Suspended Covenant(s) continued to be applicable during the Suspension Period (but solely for purposes of Section 4.12 and for no other covenant). 

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any such reinstatement, no action taken or omitted to be taken by Holdings or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries during the Suspension Period will give rise to a Default or Event of Default under the Indenture with respect to the Notes; provided that (1) with respect to Restricted Payments made after such reinstatement, the
amount of Restricted Payments made will be calculated as though Section 4.07 had been in effect since the Completion Date and throughout the Suspension Period; (2) all Indebtedness incurred, or Disqualified Stock issued, during the
Suspension Period will be classified to have been incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(3); (3) any Affiliate Transaction entered into after such reinstatement pursuant to an agreement entered into during any Suspension Period shall be
deemed to be permitted pursuant to Section 4.11(b)(6); and (4) any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to take any action described in clauses (1) through (3) of
Section 4.08(a) that becomes effective during any Suspension Period shall be deemed to be permitted pursuant to Section 4.08(b)(1). 

Section 4.19 Additional Amounts. 

(a) All payments made by or on behalf of the Company or any of the Guarantors under or with respect to the Notes or any Note Guarantee will be
made free and clear of, and without withholding or deduction for, or on account of, any present or future Taxes unless the withholding or deduction of such Taxes is then required by law. If any deduction or withholding for, or on account of, any
Taxes imposed or levied by or on behalf of (1) any jurisdiction in which the Company or any Guarantor (including any successor entity) is then incorporated, engaged in business, organized or resident for tax purposes or any political
subdivision thereof or therein or (2) any jurisdiction from or through which payment is made by or on behalf of the Company or any Guarantor (including, without limitation, the jurisdiction of any paying agent) or any political subdivision
thereof or therein (each of (1) and (2), a “Tax Jurisdiction”), will at any time be required to be made from any payments under or with respect to the Notes or any Note Guarantee, including, without limitation, payments of
principal, redemption price, purchase price, interest or premium, the Company or the relevant Guarantor, as applicable, will pay such additional amounts (the “Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary in order that the net amounts
received and retained in respect of such payments by each Holder or beneficial owner of Notes after such withholding, deduction or imposition will equal the respective amounts of cash that would have been received and retained in respect of such
payments in the absence of such withholding or deduction; provided, however, that no Additional Amounts will be payable with respect to: 

(1) any Taxes, to the extent such Taxes would not have been imposed but for the Holder or the beneficial owner of the Notes (or
a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, partner of, member or shareholder of, or possessor of a power over, the relevant Holder if the relevant Holder is an estate, trust, nominee, partnership, limited liability company or corporation) being a citizen or
resident or national of, incorporated in the relevant Tax 

  
 96 

 
Jurisdiction in which such Taxes are imposed or having any other present or former connection with the relevant Tax Jurisdiction other than the acquisition or holding of such Notes, the exercise
or enforcement of rights under such Note or this Indenture or under a Note Guarantee of a Guarantor or the receipt of payments in respect of such Note or a Note Guarantee of a Guarantor; 

(2) any Taxes, to the extent such Taxes were imposed as a result of the presentation of a Note for payment (where presentation
is required) more than 30 days after the relevant payment is first made available for payment to the Holder (except to the extent that the Holder would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the Note been presented on the last day of such 30-day period); 
 (3) any estate, inheritance, gift, sale, transfer, personal property or
similar Taxes; 
 (4) any Note presented for payment (where presentation is required) by or on behalf of a Holder of Notes
who would have been able to avoid such withholding or deduction by presenting the relevant Note to another paying agent in a member state of the European Union; 

(5) any Taxes payable other than by deduction or withholding from payments under, or with respect to, the Notes or with respect
to any Note Guarantee of a Guarantor; 
 (6) any Taxes to the extent such Taxes are imposed or withheld by reason of the
failure of the Holder or beneficial owner of Notes, following the Company’s reasonable written request addressed to the Holder or beneficial owner at least 60 days before any such withholding or deduction would be payable to the Holder or
beneficial owner, to comply with any certification, identification, information or other reporting requirements, whether required by statute, treaty, regulation or administrative practice of a Tax Jurisdiction, as a precondition to exemption from,
or reduction in the rate of deduction or withholding of, Taxes imposed by the Tax Jurisdiction (including, without limitation, a certification that the Holder or beneficial owner is not resident in the Tax Jurisdiction), but in each case, only to
the extent the Holder or beneficial owner is legally entitled to provide such certification or documentation; 
 (7) any
Taxes imposed or withheld by reason of the failure of the Holder or beneficial owner of the Notes to comply with the requirements of Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, the U.S. Treasury Regulations issued thereunder or any official
interpretation thereof or any agreement entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b) of the Code; 
 (8) any withholding Tax
imposed by the United States or a political subdivision thereof; or 
 (9) any combination of clauses (1) through (8)
above. 

  
 97 

 (b) In addition to the foregoing, the Company and any Guarantors will also pay and indemnify
the Holder for any present or future stamp, issue, registration, value added, transfer, court or documentary Taxes, or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies (including penalties, interest and any other liabilities related
thereto) which are levied by any jurisdiction on the execution, delivery, issuance or registration of any of the Notes, this Indenture, any Note Guarantee of a Guarantor or any other document referred to therein, or the receipt of any payments with
respect thereto, or enforcement of, any of the Notes or any Note Guarantee of a Guarantor. 
 (c) If the Company or any Guarantor, as the
case may be, becomes aware that it will be obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to any payment under or with respect to the Notes or any Note Guarantee of a Guarantor, the Company or the relevant Guarantor, as the case may be, will
deliver to the Trustee on a date that is at least 30 days prior to the date of that payment (unless the obligation to pay Additional Amounts arises after the 30th day prior to that payment date, in which case the Company or the relevant Guarantor
shall notify the Trustee promptly thereafter) an Officer’s Certificate stating the fact that Additional Amounts will be payable and the amount estimated to be so payable. The Officer’s Certificate must also set forth any other information
reasonably necessary to enable the paying agents to pay Additional Amounts to holders on the relevant payment date. The Company or the relevant Guarantor will provide the Trustee with documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee evidencing
the payment of Additional Amounts. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely absolutely on an Officer’s Certificate as conclusive proof that such payments are necessary, and may conclusively presume that no payments are necessary unless and until
it receives any such Officer’s Certificate. 
 (d) The Company or the relevant Guarantor will make all withholdings and deductions
(within the time period and in the minimum amount) required by law and will remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Tax authority in accordance with applicable law. The Company or the relevant Guarantor will use their reasonable
efforts to obtain Tax receipts from each Tax authority evidencing the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld. The Company or the relevant Guarantor will furnish to the Trustee (or to a holder upon request), within 60 days after the date the
payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld is made, certified copies of Tax receipts evidencing payment by the Company or a Guarantor, as the case may be, or if, notwithstanding such entity’s efforts to obtain receipts, receipts are not
obtained, other evidence of payments (reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee) by such entity. 
 (e) The obligations in this
Section 4.19 will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of the Indenture, any transfer by a holder or beneficial owner of its Notes, and will apply, mutatis mutandis, to any jurisdiction in which any successor Person to the
Company or any Guarantor is incorporated, engaged in business for tax purposes or resident for tax purposes or any jurisdiction from or through which such Person makes any payment on the Notes (or any Note Guarantee of a Guarantor) and any
department or political subdivision thereof or therein. 
 ARTICLE 5 

SUCCESSORS 
 Section 5.01
Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets. 
 (a) Neither Holdings nor the Company may, directly or indirectly, consolidate or merge with
or into or wind up into (whether or not Holdings or the Company, as applicable, is the surviving corporation) or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of Holdings’ or the Company’s
properties or assets, as applicable, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless: 

  
 98 

 (1) Holdings or the Company, as applicable, is the surviving entity or the
Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than Holdings or the Company, as applicable) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation,
partnership (including a limited partnership), trust or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of Holdings or the Company, as applicable, or the laws of the United States, any state
thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Company”); provided that in the case where the Successor Company is the successor to the Company
and is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation; 
 (2) the
Successor Company, if other than Holdings or the Company, expressly assumes all the obligations of Holdings or the Company, as applicable, under this Indenture and the Guarantee or the Notes, as applicable, pursuant to a supplemental indenture or
other documents or instruments; 
 (3) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; 

(4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such
transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, 
 (A) Holdings or the Successor Company
(if the successor to Holdings), as applicable, would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a), or 

(B) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for Holdings or the Successor Company (if the successor to Holdings) and its Restricted
Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than such Ratio for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction; 

(5) each Guarantor, unless (i) it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case
Section 5.01(b)(1)(B) shall apply or (ii) Holdings is the surviving entity, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes; and 

(6) the Company or the Successor Company (if the successor to the Company) shall have delivered to the Trustee an
Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture, if any, complies with this Indenture. 

The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, Holdings or the Company, as the case may be, under this Indenture, the
Guarantees and the Notes, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (3) and (4) of this Section 5.01(a), 

  
 99 

 (1) any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Company) may consolidate with
or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to Holdings, the Company or a Guarantor, and 
 (2)
Holdings or the Company may merge with an Affiliate of Holdings or the Company, as the case may be, solely for the purpose of reincorporating Holdings or the Company in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory
thereof so long as the amount of Indebtedness of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby. 
 (b) No Subsidiary
Guarantor will, and Holdings will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or
otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless: 

(1) (A) such Guarantor is the surviving entity or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other
than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, partnership, trust or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction
of organization of such Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the
“Successor Person”); 
 (B) the Successor Person, if other than a Guarantor, expressly assumes all the
obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s related Guarantee pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments; 

(C) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; or 

(D) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that
such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture, if any, complies with this Indenture; 
 (2) except
in the case of an Intermediate Parent, the transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.10 herein, if applicable; or 

(3) in the case of assets comprised of Equity Interests of Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, such Equity Interests are
sold, assigned, transferred, leased, conveyed or otherwise disposed of to one or more Restricted Subsidiaries. 

  
 100 

 Subject to Section 5.02 herein, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be
substituted for, such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Subsidiary Guarantor may (1) merge or consolidate with or into, wind up into or transfer all or part of its properties
and assets to another Guarantor or the Company, (2) merge with an Affiliate of Holdings or the Company solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Subsidiary Guarantor in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any
territory thereof, (3) convert into a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or trust organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Subsidiary Guarantor, or (4) liquidate
or dissolve or change its legal form if Holdings determines in good faith that such action is in the best interests of Holdings, in each case, without regard to the requirements set forth in this Section 5.01(b). 

For the avoidance of doubt, the merger of the Escrow Issuer with and into APi DE is permitted hereunder. 

Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted. 

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the
properties or assets of the Company in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof, in which the Company is not the continuing corporation, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or
into or with which the Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale,
assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the successor Person and not to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of
the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein; provided, however, that the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of,
premium on, if any, and interest, if any, on, the Notes except in the case of a sale of all of the Company’s assets in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof. 

ARTICLE 6 
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 Section 6.01 Events of Default. 

Each of the following is an “Event of Default”: 

(1) default in payment when due and payable (whether at maturity, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise) of principal of,
or premium, if any, on the Notes; 
 (2) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest on or with respect
to the Notes; 
 (3) failure by Holdings, the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice
given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (with a copy to the Trustee) to comply with any of its other obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred
to in clauses (1) and (2) above) contained in this Indenture or the Notes; 

  
 101 

 (4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is
issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than Indebtedness
owed to the Company or a Guarantor, if both: 
 (A) such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such
Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or
holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and 
 (B) the principal
amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been
so accelerated, aggregate $75.0 million or more at any one time outstanding; 
 (5) failure by Holdings, the Company or
any Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $75.0 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final and non-appealable, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed; 

(6) Holdings, the Company or any of Holdings’ Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of
Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law: 

(A) commences a voluntary case, 

(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, 

(C) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, or 

(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; 

(7) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 

(A) is for relief against Holdings, the Company or any of Holdings’ Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant
Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case; 

  
 102 

 (B) appoints a custodian of Holdings, the Company or any of Holdings’
Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of Holdings, the Company or
any of Holdings’ Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or 

(C) orders the liquidation of Holdings, the Company or any of Holdings’ Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant
Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; 

(D) and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; and 

(8) the Guarantee of Holdings or any Significant Subsidiary shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be
declared null and void or any responsible officer of Holdings or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, as the case may be, denies in writing that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives notice to such effect,
other than by reason of the termination of this Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture. 

Section 6.02 Acceleration. 

In the case of an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01 hereof, with respect to the Company, any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable
immediately without further action or notice. 
 If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at
least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Such acceleration will not be effective until the earlier of (1) the acceleration of Indebtedness under the
Credit Facilities or (2) five Business Days after receipt by the Company of written notice of such acceleration, at which time the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes will
become due and payable immediately. 
 The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written
notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of all of the Holders of all the Notes, rescind an acceleration and its consequences under this Indenture, if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default
(except nonpayment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest, if any, on the Notes that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived and the Company has paid all sums owing to the Trustee pursuant to
Section 7.07 hereof. 

  
 103 

 In the event of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(4) hereof, such Event of
Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if
within 30 days after such Event of Default arose: 
 (1) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of
Default has been discharged; 
 (2) holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case
may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or 
 (3) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been
cured. 
 Section 6.03 Other Remedies. 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of, premium
on, if any, or interest, if any, on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 
 The Trustee
may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default
shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 

Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults. 

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the
Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under this Indenture, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest, if any, on, the
Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase); provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any
related payment default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such
waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 
 Section 6.05 Control by
Majority. 
 Subject to the restrictions contained in this Indenture, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that
conflicts with law or this Indenture, that is unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided, however, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper
by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. 

  
 104 

 
Prior to taking any action under this Section 6.05, the Trustee shall receive indemnification from the Holders satisfactory to it against all loss, liability and expense caused by taking or
not taking such action. 
 Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits. 

Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy
with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 
 (a) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of
Default is continuing; 
 (b) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to
the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 
 (c) such Holder or Holders offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee security or indemnity
reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense; 
 (d) the Trustee does not comply with such request within 60
days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and 
 (e) during such
60-day period, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request. 

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over
another Holder of a Note (it being understood that the Trustee shall not have any affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders). 

Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment. 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal of, premium on, if
any, or interest, if any, on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall
not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 
 Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee. 

If an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.01(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover
judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium on, if any, and interest, if any, remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent
lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel and all other amounts
owing to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.07 hereunder. 

  
 105 

 Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the
claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel and other amounts owing to the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof) and the Holders of the
Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or
deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the
Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent
that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall not be made
in full for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether
in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization,
arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 

Section 6.10 Priorities. 

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order: 

First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all
compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection; 

Second: to the Agents, their agents and attorneys for all amounts due for payment of all compensation, expenses and
liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Agents and the costs and expenses of collection; 
 Third: to
Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any,
and interest, if any, respectively; and 
 Fourth: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent
jurisdiction shall direct. 
 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this
Section 6.10. 

  
 106 

 Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs. 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted
by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including attorneys’ fees,
against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to
Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 
 ARTICLE 7

 TRUSTEE 
 Section 7.01
Duties of Trustee. 
 (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers
vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(1) the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need
perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; however, in the case of any such certificates and opinions which by any provision hereof or
thereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee will be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy
of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein). 
 (c) No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee
from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that: 

(1) this paragraph (c) does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01; 

(2) the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved
that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; 

  
 107 

 (3) the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or
omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof; and 
 (4) no
provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless
such Holder has offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. 
 (d) Whether or
not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to this Section 7.01. 

(e) The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money
held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 (f) The permissive
authorizations, entitlements, powers and rights (including the right to request that the Company take an action or deliver a document and the exercise of remedies following an Event of Default) granted to the Trustee herein shall not be construed as
duties. 
 Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee and Agents. 

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person.
The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may
require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may
consult with counsel and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it under this Indenture in good faith and in
reliance thereon. 
 (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of
any agent appointed with due care. No Depositary shall be deemed an agent of the Trustee, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any act or omission by any Depositary. 

(d) The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the
rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
 (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request,
direction or notice from the Company will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company. 
 (f) The Trustee will be under no
obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against
the losses, liabilities and expenses that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. 

  
 108 

 (g) Except for a default under Section 6.01(1) or Section 6.01(2) hereof, the
Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless written notice is received by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture and states
that it is a notice of Default or Event of Default. 
 (h) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect,
punitive, incidental or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of
action. 
 (i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to
be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder; provided, however, that (i) an agent,
custodian or other Person shall only be liable to extent of its gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith; and (ii) in and during an Event of Default, only the Trustee, and not any agent, custodian or other Person, shall be subject to
the prudent person standard. 
 (j) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers
and duties hereunder. 
 (k) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or
titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture. 
 (l) In no event shall the Trustee be
responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of
war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, epidemics, pandemics, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; in the event
of any such delay, performance shall be extended for so long as such period of delay. 
 (m) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any
investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but
the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the
books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. 

(n) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Trustee shall have no responsibility for preparing, recording, filing, re-recording, or re-filing any financing statement, perfection statement, continuation statement or other instrument in any public office or for otherwise ensuring the
perfection or maintenance of any security interest granted pursuant to this Indenture or any related document. 

  
 109 

 Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee. 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any
Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Section 7.10 herein. 

Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer. 

The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not
be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money
received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other
than its certificate of authentication. 
 Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults. 

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has received written notice thereof, the
Trustee will mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days, unless such Default or Event of Default has been cured or waived. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of,
premium on, if any, or interest, if any, on, any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the
Notes. 
 Section 7.06 [Reserved]. 

Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity. 

(a) The Company will pay to the Trustee and the Agents from time to time reasonable compensation for their acceptance of this Indenture and for
all services rendered by it hereunder. The Trustee’s and Agents’ compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company will reimburse the Trustee and the Agents promptly upon request for
all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses will include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents, counsel,
accountants and experts (including any applicable value added tax). 
 (b) The Company and the Guarantors jointly and severally will
indemnify each of the Trustee and the Agents and each of their officers, directors, employees and agents, against any and all losses, liabilities or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by it arising out of or in
connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company and the 

  
 110 

 
Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, the Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection
with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties under this Indenture, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith. Each of the Trustee and the Agents
will notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee or the Agents to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company or any of the Guarantors of their obligations under this Indenture. 

(c) The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this
Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee. 
 (d) To secure the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in this
Section 7.07, the Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee or any Paying Agent, except that held in trust to pay principal of, premium on, if any, or interest, if any, on, particular
Notes. Such Lien will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee. 
 (e) When the
Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01 hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and
counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 
 Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee.

 (a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor
Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. 
 (b) The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be
discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company
may remove the Trustee if: 
 (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof; 

(2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any
Bankruptcy Law; 
 (3) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 

(4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 

(c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company will promptly appoint a
successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the
Company. 

  
 111 

 (d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee
resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

(e) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10
hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

(f) A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will transmit a notice of its succession to
Holders. The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee under this Indenture have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in
Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under Section 7.07 hereof will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or
substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another Person, the successor Person without any further act will be the successor Trustee. 

Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification. 

There will at all times be a Trustee under this Indenture that is a Person organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of
America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus (together with its
Affiliates) of at least $50.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. 
 Section 7.11
Resignation of Agents. 
 Any Agent may resign and be discharged from its duties under this Indenture at any time by giving 30 days’
prior written notice of such resignation to the Trustee and the Company. The Trustee or the Company may remove any Agent at any time by giving 30 days’ prior written notice to any Agent. Upon such notice, a successor Agent shall be appointed by
the Company, who shall provide written notice of such to the Trustee. Such successor Agent shall become the Agent under this Indenture upon the resignation or removal date specified in such notice. If the Company is unable to replace the resigning
Agent within 30 days after such notice, the Agent may, in its sole discretion, appoint a successor Agent on the Company’s behalf, deliver any funds then held under this Indenture in its possession to the Trustee or may apply to a court of
competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Agent or for other appropriate relief. The costs and expenses (including its counsels’ fees and expenses and any applicable value added tax) incurred by the Agent in connection with such
proceeding shall be paid by the Company. Upon receipt of the identity of the successor Agent, the Agent shall delivery any funds then held under this Indenture to the successor Agent, less the Agent’s fees, costs and expenses or other
obligations owed to the Agent. Upon its resignation and delivery any funds, the Agent shall be discharged of and from any and all further obligations arising in connection with this Indenture; provided that Section 7.07 hereof shall
survive. 

  
 112 

 ARTICLE 8 

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 

Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 

The Company may at any time, at the option of its board of directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officer’s Certificate,
elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8. 

Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge. 

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company and each of the
Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees) on the date the
conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented
by the outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (a)
and (b) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes, the Note Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the
same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged under this Indenture: 
 (a) the
rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium on, if any, or interest, if any, on such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.04 hereof; 

(b) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02 hereof; 

(c) the rights and immunities of the Trustee under this Indenture and the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection
therewith; and 
 (d) this Article 8. 

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior
exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof. 

  
 113 

 Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance. 

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and each of the
Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12,
4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17 and 4.18 hereof and clause (4) of Section 5.01 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter,
“Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with
such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes under this Indenture (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance
means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees, the Company and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly
or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an
Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Note Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01
hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(3), (4), (5), (6), (7) and (8) hereof will not constitute Events of Default. 

Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. 

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof: 

(a) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, Government
Securities or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm, or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, on and
interest, if any, on the outstanding Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to such stated date for payment or to a
particular redemption date; 
 (b) in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an
Opinion of Counsel confirming that: 
 (1) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal
Revenue Service a ruling; or 
 (2) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal
income tax law, 

  
 114 

 in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders
and the beneficial owners of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the
same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 
 (c) in the case of an election under Section 8.03
hereof, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that the Holders and beneficial owners of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant
Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 

(d) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default
resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit (and any similar concurrent deposit relating to other Indebtedness), and the granting of Liens to secure such borrowings); 

(e) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the Senior Secured
Credit Facilities or any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture and the agreements governing any other Indebtedness being defeased, discharged or replaced) to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company
or any Guarantor is bound (other than resulting with respect to any Indebtedness being defeased from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make the deposit required to effect such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and any similar and
simultaneous deposit relating to such Indebtedness and the granting of Liens therewith); 
 (f) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an
Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors
of the Company, any Guarantor or others; and 
 (g) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Opinion of Counsel required by clause (b) with respect to a Legal Defeasance need not be delivered if
all Notes not therefore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (x) have become due and payable, or (y) will become due and payable within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of
redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the
Notes, cash in U.S. Dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption. 

  
 115 

 Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other
Miscellaneous Provisions. 
 Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable
Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee or paying agent, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof
in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as
Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the
extent required by law. 
 The Company will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed
against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge
which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 
 Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary,
the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the
opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount
thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
 Section 8.06
Repayment to Company. 
 Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment
of the principal of, premium on, if any, or interest, if any, on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, or interest, if any, has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if
then held by the Company) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust
money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be
published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or
publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company. 

  
 116 

 Section 8.07 Reinstatement. 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or non-callable Government
Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s
and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Note Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying
Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest, if any, on,
any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

ARTICLE 9 
 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT
AND WAIVER 
 Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes. 

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, without the consent of any Holder of Notes, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee,
as applicable, may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees and/or the Escrow Agreement: 
 (a) to cure any
ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency; 
 (b) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated
Notes or to alter the provisions of this Indenture relating to the form of the Notes (including the related definitions) in a manner that does not materially adversely affect any Holder (as determined by Holdings) (provided that, in each
case, the resulting Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code); 
 (c) to comply with
Section 5.01 hereof; 
 (d) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders; 

(e) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights
under this Indenture of any such Holder (as determined by Holdings); 
 (f) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender
any right or power conferred upon the Company or any Guarantor; 
 (g) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this
Indenture of a successor Trustee pursuant to the requirements hereof; 
 (h) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance
with this Indenture; 
 (i) to add a Guarantor under this Indenture and to allow a Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or
guarantee the Notes or to release a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; 

  
 117 

 (j) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes to any provisions of
the “Description of Notes” in the Offering Circular (as determined by Holdings); 
 (k) make any provision with respect to matters
or questions arising under this Indenture that the Company may deem necessary or desirable and that shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture; provided that such change or modification does not adversely affect the
interests of the Holders in any material respect (as determined by Holdings); 
 (l) to make any amendment to the provisions of this
Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided, however, that (i) compliance with this
Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes (in
each case, as determined by Holdings); or 
 (m) to provide for the issuance of the Notes in a manner consistent with the terms of this
Indenture. 
 Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the execution of any such
amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.05 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors party thereto in the execution of such amended or supplemental
indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into
such amended or supplemental Indenture. Any supplemental indenture, the sole effect of which is to add one or more new Guarantors, is not required to be executed and delivered by any then-existing Guarantor.

 Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes. 

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, as applicable, may amend or supplement this
Indenture (including, without limitation, Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.14 hereof), the Notes and the Note Guarantees and/or the Escrow Agreement with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes), and, subject
to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium on, if any, or interest, if any, on, the Notes, except a payment default resulting
from an acceleration that has been rescinded, unless held by a non-consenting Holder) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of
the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase
of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, or the Notes); provided that (x) if any such amendment or waiver will only affect one series of Notes (or less than all series of Notes) then outstanding under this Indenture, then only the
consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes of such series 

  
 118 

 
then outstanding (including, in each case, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes) shall be required and (y) if any such amendment
or waiver by its terms will affect a series of Notes in a manner different and materially adverse relative to the manner such amendment or waiver affects other series of Notes, then the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
Notes of each such series then outstanding (including, in each case, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes) shall be required. Section 2.08 hereof shall determine which Notes are
considered to be “outstanding” for purposes of this Section 9.02. 
 Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a
resolution of its board of directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon
receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.05 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture
directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture. 

It is not necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed
amendment, supplement or waiver, but it is sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
 After an amendment, supplement or
waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company will transmit to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to transmit such notice, or any
defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes
then outstanding voting as a single class may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees. However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment,
supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): 

(a) reduce the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; 

(b) reduce the principal of or change the fixed final maturity of any such Note or change the date on which any Notes may be subject to
redemption or reduce the redemption price therefor; 
 (c) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note; 

(d) (x) waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a rescission of acceleration
of the Notes by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of all then outstanding Notes, and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration, or (y) waive a Default in respect of a covenant or provision
contained in this Indenture or any Subsidiary Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders; 

  
 119 

 (e) make any Note payable in money other than U.S. Dollars; 

(f) make any change to the provisions of Sections 9.01 or 9.02 hereof; 

(g) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the
due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees; 

(h) make any change to or modify the ranking of the Notes that would adversely affect the Holders; or 

(i) except as expressly permitted by this Indenture, modify the Guarantee of Holdings in any manner materially adverse to the Holders of such
Notes. 
 For purposes of determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have taken any action under this
Indenture, the principal amount of Notes shall be deemed to be the U.S. Dollar equivalent of such principal amount of Notes as of (i) if a record date has been set with respect to the taking of such action, such date or (ii) if no
such date has been set, the date the taking of such action by the Holders of such requisite principal amount is certified to the Trustee by the Company. 

Section 9.03 Revocation and Effect of Consents. 

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a
Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a
Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms
and thereafter binds every Holder. 
 Section 9.04 Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in
exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

  
 120 

 Section 9.05 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. 

The Company may not sign an amended or supplemental indenture until the board of directors of the Company approves it. In executing any amended
or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) will be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 13.02 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion
of Counsel each stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. 
 ARTICLE
10 
 NOTE GUARANTEES 

Section 10.01 Guarantee. 

(a) Subject to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note
authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that: 

(1) the principal of, premium, if any, on, and interest, if any, on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether
at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium on, if any, and interest, if any, on, the Notes, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or
thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and 
 (2) in
case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by
acceleration or otherwise. 
 Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the
Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection. 

(1) The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations under this Indenture are unconditional, irrespective of the validity,
regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the
Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims
with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Note Guarantee will not be discharged except by
complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture. 

  
 121 

 (2) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to
return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the
extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect. 
 (3) Each Guarantor agrees that it will not be
entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one
hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay,
injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations
(whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying
Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantee. 
 Section 10.02
Limitation on Guarantor Liability. 
 Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the
intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar
federal, state or foreign law to the extent applicable to any Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will be limited to the
maximum amount that will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution
from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent
transfer or conveyance. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, including this Section 10.02, any Foreign Subsidiary’s guarantee and the requirements of this Indenture applicable to such Foreign Subsidiary,
may also be subject to other limitations specified in the applicable supplemental indenture as contemplated by Section 4.16. 

Section 10.03 Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee. 

To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture will be executed on
behalf of such Guarantor by one of its Officers. 
 Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01
hereof will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee. 

  
 122 

 If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Note Guarantee no longer holds
that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Note Guarantee is endorsed, the Note Guarantee will be valid nevertheless. 

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set
forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors. 
 In the event that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries creates or
acquires any Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture, if required by Section 4.16 hereof, the Company will cause such Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.16 hereof and this Article 10, to the extent applicable.

 Section 10.04 Releases. 

The obligations of any Subsidiary Guarantor (other than any Intermediate Parent) under its Note Guarantee will be automatically and
unconditionally released and discharged when any of the following occurs: 
 (1) upon any sale, exchange or transfer (by
merger or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary Guarantor, after which the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, if such sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of
this Indenture; 
 (2) upon the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor
otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; 
 (3) upon the release of such Subsidiary Guarantor from its
guarantee, if any, and of all pledges and security, if any, granted by such Subsidiary Guarantor in connection with the Senior Secured Credit Facilities; 

(4) upon the designation of such Subsidiary Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to the terms of Section 4.07
hereof and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” herein; 
 (5) if the Company exercises its Legal
Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 hereof or if the Company’s obligations under this Indenture are discharged in accordance with this Indenture; 

(6) the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Guarantor of all Indebtedness that resulted in the creation of such
Guarantee except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee (it being understood that a release subject to a contingent reinstatement will constitute a release for the purposes of this provision); or 

(7) upon the merger or consolidation of any Guarantor with and into the Company or another Guarantor or upon the liquidation of
such Guarantor following the transfer of all of its assets to the Company or another Guarantor; 

  
 123 

 in the case of clauses (1) and (2) of this Section 10.04, other than to the Company or an
Affiliate and as permitted by this Indenture, and the Company must comply with Section 4.10 hereof in respect of such disposition. 

Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee as provided in this Section 10.04 will remain liable for the
full amount of principal of, premium on, if any, and interest, if any, on, the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 10. At the request and expense of the Company, the Trustee
shall execute and deliver an appropriate instrument evidencing the release of a Guarantor pursuant to this Section 10.04. 
 The
obligations of Holdings and any Intermediate Parent under its Note Guarantee will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon: 

(1) the exercise by the Company of its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option as described under Article 8 or
the discharge of the Company’s obligations under the Indenture in accordance with the terms of the Indenture as described under “Satisfaction and Discharge” or the consolidation or merger of the Company with Holdings or an
Intermediate Parent in a manner permitted pursuant to, the provisions described above under Section 5.01; and 
 (2)
such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate, stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to such release and discharge have been complied with. 

ARTICLE 11 
 SATISFACTION AND
DISCHARGE 
 Section 11.01 Satisfaction and Discharge. 

This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when: 

(a) either: 
 (1)
all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company, have been delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation; or 
 (2) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by
reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the
Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in
U.S. Dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to
the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption; 

  
 124 

 (b) in respect of Section 11.01(a)(2), no Default or Event of Default has occurred and
is continuing on the date of the deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and any similar deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens to
secure such borrowings) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound (other than
with respect to the borrowing of funds to be applied concurrently to make the deposit required to effect such satisfaction and discharge and any similar concurrent deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and in each case the granting of Liens to
secure such borrowings); 
 (c) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and 

(d) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity
or on the redemption date, as the case may be. 
 In addition, the Trustee will acknowledge the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture
if the Company delivers an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee each stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with. 

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to
subclause (a)(2) of this Section 11.01, the provisions of Sections 11.02 and 8.06 hereof will survive. In addition, nothing in this Section 11.01 will be deemed to discharge those provisions of Section 7.07 hereof, that, by
their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
 Section 11.02 Application of Trust Money. 

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof shall be held
in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the
Persons entitled thereto, of the principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 11.01 hereof by reason of
any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the
Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof; provided that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest, if any, on, any Notes because
of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

  
 125 

 ARTICLE 12 

ESCROW MATTERS 

Section 12.01 Escrow Account. 

(a) Unless the Acquisition is consummated on or prior to the Issue Date, on the Issue Date, the Escrow Issuer will enter into an escrow
agreement (as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “Escrow Agreement”) among the Escrow Issuer, the Trustee and Citibank, N.A., as escrow agent (in such capacity, together with its successors, the “Escrow
Agent”), pursuant to which the Escrow Property will be deposited into a segregated escrow account for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes pending the consummation of the Acquisition (the “Escrow Account”). By its
acceptance of the Notes, each Holder shall be deemed to authorize and direct the Trustee to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Escrow Agreement. 

(b) Unless the Acquisition is consummated on or prior to the Issue Date, on the Issue Date, the Escrow Issuer will execute and deliver the
Escrow Agreement and will deposit, or cause to be deposited, (i) an amount equal to the gross proceeds from the Notes and (ii) an additional amount in cash that, when taken together with such gross proceeds, is sufficient to fund the
Special Mandatory Redemption of the Notes on the date that is the last day of the third full calendar month following the Issue Date, if the Special Mandatory Redemption were to occur on such date (the “Escrow Property”) into the
Escrow Account. In addition, unless (i) the Escrow Issuer has directed the Escrow Agent to release the Escrow Property pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement or (ii) there has occurred a Special Mandatory Redemption, commencing with
the first day of the fourth calendar month following the Issue Date, at least two (2) Business Days prior to such date (each such date, a “Deposit Date”), the Escrow Issuer will deposit, or cause to be deposited, cash or by
wire transfer into the Escrow Account in an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the monthly interest that would accrue on the Notes during such next calendar month and (y) the amount of interest that would accrue on the Notes from the first
day of such next calendar month to, but excluding, the Escrow Outside Date. The Escrow Property will be controlled by the Escrow Agent, on behalf of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes. 

Section 12.02 Release of Escrow Property. 

(a) The release of the Escrow Property to the Issuer to consummate the Acquisition and pay the Initial Purchasers’ discount related to the
Notes (the “Escrow Release”) will be subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including the closing of the Acquisition substantially concurrently with the release of the Escrow Property. 

(b) The Escrow Issuer will only be entitled to cause the Escrow Agent to release the Escrow Property for the Escrow Release upon delivery to
the Escrow Agent and the Trustee, on or prior to the Escrow Outside Date, of an Officer’s Certificate (the “Escrow Release Officer’s Certificate”), upon which both the Escrow Agent and the Trustee will be entitled to rely
absolutely without further investigation, to the effect that the Acquisition will be consummated substantially concurrently with the Escrow Release. 

  
 126 

 (c) The Escrow Release will occur promptly following the receipt by the Escrow Agent of the
Escrow Release Officer’s Certificate (the date of the Escrow Release, the “Completion Date”). Upon the Escrow Release, the Escrow Property will be paid out of the Escrow Account in accordance with the Escrow Agreement and the
Escrow Account will be reduced to zero. 
 Section 12.03 Special Mandatory Redemption. 

If the Acquisition is not consummated on or prior to October 27, 2022 (the “Escrow Outside Date”), or upon the occurrence
of certain other events, none of the Escrow Property will be released to consummate the Acquisition but instead will be released to the Trustee for the purpose of redeeming all of the Notes pursuant to a Special Mandatory Redemption in accordance
with Section 3.10 hereof. 
 Section 12.04 Trustee Direction to Execute Escrow Agreement. 

Unless the Acquisition is consummated on or prior to the Issue Date, the Trustee is hereby authorized and directed to execute and deliver the
Escrow Agreement. The Escrow Issuer will grant the Trustee, for its benefit and the benefit of the Holders, subject to certain liens of the Escrow Agent, a first priority security interest in the Escrow Account and the Escrow Property to secure the
payment of the Special Mandatory Redemption Price of the Notes; provided, however, that such liens and security interests will automatically be released and terminate at such time as the Escrow Property is released from the Escrow Account on
the Completion Date. For the avoidance of doubt, such liens and security interests are permitted hereunder. 
 ARTICLE 13 

MISCELLANEOUS 

Section 13.01 Notices. 

Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or
by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission, e-mail or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address: 

If to the Company: 
 APi Escrow
Corp. 
 c/o APi Group DE, Inc. 

1100 Old Highway Eight NW, New Brighton, MN 55112 

Attention: General Counsel and Secretary, Andrea Fike, Esq. 

     Corporate Controller, Andy Cebulla 

E-mail: andrea.fike@apigroupinc.us; andy.cebulla@apigroup.us 

  
 127 

 APi Group DE, Inc. 

1100 Old Highway Eight NW, New Brighton, MN 55112 

Attention: General Counsel and Secretary, Andrea Fike, Esq. 

     Corporate Controller, Andy Cebulla 

E-mail: andrea.fike@apigroupinc.us; andy.cebulla@apigroup.us 

If to any Guarantor: 
 APi Group
Corporation 
 1100 Old Highway Eight NW, New Brighton, MN 55112 

Attention: General Counsel and Secretary, Andrea Fike, Esq. 

     Corporate Controller, Andy Cebulla 

E-mail: andrea.fike@apigroupinc.us; andy.cebulla@apigroup.us 

In each case, with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice): 

Kane Kessler, P.C. 
 600 3rd
Avenue, 35th Floor, New York, NY 10016 
 Attention: Robert L. Lawrence, Esq.; Mitchell
D. Hollander, Esq. 
 E-mail: Rlawrence@kanekessler.com; Mhollander@kanekessler.com 

If to the Trustee: 
 Computershare
Trust Company, N.A. 
 6200 S. Quebec Street 

Greenwood Village, CO 80111 

Attention: Corporate Trust 
 With
a copy to (which shall not constitute notice): 
 Perkins Coie LLP 

1155 Avenue of the Americas, 22nd Floor, New York, NY 10036 

Fax: 212-399.8043 

Attention: Ronald Sarubbi 
 The
Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 

All notices and communications will be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five calendar
days after being mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery. Notices and communications given by publication or
electronic delivery will be deemed to have been duly given on the first date on which publication or electronic delivery is made. 
 If a
notice or communication is transmitted in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 

  
 128 

 In addition to the foregoing, the Trustee agrees to accept and act upon notice, instructions
or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent by unsecured e-mail, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods. If the party elects to give the Trustee
e-mail or facsimile instructions (or instructions by a similar electronic method) and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such instructions
shall be deemed controlling. The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such instructions notwithstanding such instructions conflict or
are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The party providing electronic instructions agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the Trustee, including, without
limitation, the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk or interception and misuse by third parties. 

If the Company transmits a notice or communication to Holders, it will transmit a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time. 

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture or any Note, where this Indenture or any Note provides for notice of any event
(including any notice of redemption) to a Holder of a Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depositary for such Note (or its designee) pursuant to the customary procedures of such
Depositary. 
 Section 13.02 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 

Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the
Trustee: 
 (a) an Officer’s Certificate (which must include the statements set forth in Section 13.03 hereof) stating that, in the
opinion of the signer, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and 

(b) an Opinion of Counsel, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions (which must include the statements set forth in Section 13.03
hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been complied with. 

Section 13.03 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture must include: 

(a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 

(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such
certificate or opinion are based; 

  
 129 

 (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or
investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with. 

Section 13.04 Rules by Trustee and Agents. 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and
set reasonable requirements for its functions. 
 Section 13.05 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and
Stockholders. 
 No past, present, or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor,
or any of their direct or indirect parent companies, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture or the Note Guarantees, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason
of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive
liabilities under the federal securities laws. 
 Section 13.06 Governing Law. 

THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE NOTE GUARANTEES AND THE ESCROW
AGREEMENT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT ANY LEGAL ACTION, SUIT OR
PROCEEDING AGAINST IT WITH RESPECT TO ITS OBLIGATIONS, LIABILITIES OR ANY OTHER MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE NOTE GUARANTEES OR THE ESCROW AGREEMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
AND HEREBY IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS AND SUBMITS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF EACH SUCH COURT IN PERSONAM, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING FOR ITSELF AND IN
RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTIES, ASSETS AND REVENUES. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO
THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE NOTE GUARANTEES, THE ESCROW AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 

  
 130 

 Section 13.07 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other
Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 
 Section 13.08 Successors. 

All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will
bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.04 hereof. 

Section 13.09 Severability. 

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the
remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
 Section 13.10 Counterpart Originals. 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture, including in electronic.pdf format. Each signed copy will be deemed an original,
but all of them together represent the same agreement. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” “delivery,” and words of like import in or relating to this Indenture or any document to be signed in
connection with this Indenture (including, without limitation, the Notes, the Guarantee and any Officer’s Certificate) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, including, without limitation, digital signature provided by Docusign or
Adobe (or such other digital signature provider as specified in writing to Trustee by the authorized representative), each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature. The Company agrees to
assume all risks arising out of the use of using digital signatures and electronic methods to submit communications to Trustee, including, without limitation, the risk of Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk of interception and
misuse by third parties. 
 Section 13.11 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.The Table of Contents,
Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way
modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
 Section 13.12 Currency of Account; Conversion of Currency; Foreign
Exchange Restrictions. 
 (a) U.S. dollars are the sole currency of account and payment for all sums payable by the Company and the
Guarantors under or in connection with the Notes, the Guarantees of the Notes or this Indenture, including damages related thereto. Any amount received or recovered in a currency other than U.S. dollars by a Holder of Notes (whether as a result
of, or on the enforcement of, a judgment or order of a court of any jurisdiction, in the winding-up or dissolution of the Company, any Guarantor or otherwise) in respect of any sum expressed to be due to it
from the Company shall only constitute a discharge to the Company to the extent of the U.S. dollar 

  
 131 

 
amount, as the case may be, which the recipient is able to purchase with the amount so received or recovered in that other currency on the date of that receipt or recovery (or, if it is not
practicable to make that purchase on that date, on the first date on which it is practicable to do so). If that U.S. dollar amount is less than the U.S. dollar amount expressed to be due to the recipient under the applicable Notes and the
Company shall indemnify it against any loss sustained by it as a result as set forth in Section 13.12(b). In any event, the Company shall indemnify the recipient against the cost of making any such purchase. For the purposes of this
Section 13.12, it will be sufficient for the Holder of a Note to certify in a satisfactory manner (indicating sources of information used) that it would have suffered a loss had an actual purchase of U.S. dollars, as the case may be, been
made with the amount so received in that other currency on the date of receipt or recovery (or, if a purchase of U.S. dollars on such date had not been practicable, on the first date on which it would have been practicable, it being required
that the need for a change of date be certified in the manner mentioned above). 
 (b) The Company covenants and agrees that the following
provisions shall apply to conversion of currency in the case of the Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture: 
 (1) (A) If
for the purpose of obtaining judgment in, or enforcing the judgment of, any court in any country, it becomes necessary to convert into a currency (the “Judgment Currency”) an amount due in any other currency (the “Base
Currency”), then the conversion shall be made at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Business Day before the day on which the judgment is given or the order of enforcement is made, as the case may be (unless a court shall otherwise
determine). 
 (B) If there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Business Day before the day on which
the judgment is given or an order of enforcement is made, as the case may be (or such other date as a court shall determine), and the date of receipt of the amount due, the Company will pay such additional (or, as the case may be, such lesser)
amount, if any, as may be necessary so that the amount paid in the Judgment Currency when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of receipt will produce the amount in the Base Currency originally due. 

(2) In the event of the winding-up of the Company or any Guarantor at any time while
any amount or damages owing under the Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture, or any judgment or order rendered in respect thereof, shall remain outstanding, the Company shall indemnify and hold the Holders and the Trustee harmless against any
deficiency arising or resulting from any variation in rates of exchange between (i) the date as of which the Applicable Currency Equivalent of the amount due or contingently due under the Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture (other than
under this clause (2)) is calculated for the purposes of such winding-up and (ii) the final date for the filing of proofs of claim in such winding-up. For the
purpose of this clause (2), the final date for the filing of proofs of claim in the winding-up of the Company or any Guarantor shall be the date fixed by the liquidator or otherwise in accordance with the
relevant provisions of applicable law as being the latest practicable date as at which liabilities of the Company may be ascertained for such winding-up prior to payment by the liquidator or otherwise in
respect thereto. 

  
 132 

 (c) The obligations contained in paragraph (a), subparagraph (b)(1)(B) and
clause (b)(2) of this Section 13.12 shall constitute separate and independent obligations from the other obligations of the Company under this Indenture, shall give rise to separate and independent causes of action against the Company,
shall apply irrespective of any waiver or extension granted by any Holder or the Trustee or either of them from time to time and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order or the filing of any proof of claim in the
winding-up of the Company or any Guarantor for a liquidated sum in respect of amounts due hereunder (other than under clause (b)(2) above) or under any such judgment or order. Any such deficiency as
aforesaid shall be deemed to constitute a loss suffered by the Holders or the Trustee, as the case may be, and no proof or evidence of any actual loss shall be required by the Company or the liquidator or otherwise or any of them. In the case of
clause (b)(2) above, the amount of such deficiency shall not be deemed to be reduced by any variation in rates of exchange occurring between the said final date and the date of any liquidating distribution. 

(d) The term “rate(s) of exchange” shall mean the rate of exchange quoted by Reuters at 10:00 a.m. (New York time) for spot
purchases of the Base Currency with the Judgment Currency other than the Base Currency referred to in clauses (b)(1) and (b)(2) above and includes any premiums and costs of exchange payable. 

The Trustee shall have no duty or liability with respect to any currency exchange or conversion or monitoring or enforcing this
Section 13.12. 
 Section 13.13 Calculations. 

The Company will be responsible for making all calculations called for under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company will make all such
calculations in good faith and, absent manifest error, its calculations will be final and binding on Holders. The Company will provide a schedule of its calculations to the Trustee when applicable, and the Trustee is entitled to rely conclusively
upon the accuracy of such calculations without independent verification. The Trustee will deliver a copy of any such schedule to any Holder upon the written request of such Holder. 

Section 13.14 Compliance with European Sanctions and International Embargoes. 

(b) Each party to this Indenture hereby certifies that it does not and will not have, directly or indirectly, any financial link to entities
targeted by the sanctions and/or embargoes established by the European Union or the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) of the U.S. Department of the Treasury. It is understood that funds received in relation to the
issuance of Notes, shall and will not be used in any manner whatsoever to circumvent the sanctions established against entities sanctioned by the European Union or OFAC. 

(c) For the avoidance of doubt, any breach of this Section 13.14 by one of the parties hereto is not a breach of this Indenture, but will
unequivocally authorize the other parties hereto to resign from their respective capacities with respect to this Indenture with immediate effect. 

(d) The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that the provisions of the above paragraphs shall automatically apply as soon as one of the
parties is or becomes targeted by the sanctions and/or embargoes established by the European Union or OFAC. 

  
 133 

 Section 13.15 Note Purchases by Company and Affiliates. 

The Company and its Affiliates shall be permitted to purchase Notes, whether through private purchase, open market purchase, tender offer, or
otherwise. Such purchase or acquisition shall not operate as or be deemed for any purpose to be a redemption of the Indebtedness represented by such Notes. Any Notes purchased or acquired by the Company may be delivered to the Trustee and, upon such
delivery, the Indebtedness represented thereby shall be deemed to be satisfied. 
 [Signatures on following page] 

  
 134 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed and attested,
all as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	APi Escrow Corp.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Kevin Krumm

		 	Name: Kevin Krumm
		 	Title: Chief Financial Officer and
		 	   Assistant Secretary

  
 [Signature Page to
Indenture] 

 
					
	TRUSTEE:
	
	Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jerry Urbanek

		 	Name:	 	Jerry Urbanek
		 	Title:	 	Trust Officer

  
 [Signature Page to
Indenture] 

 EXHIBIT A 

[Face of Note] 
  

CUSIP/CINS                      
  

ISIN                       

 4.750% Senior Notes due 2029 
  

			
	No. ___	  	$                    

 [API ESCROW CORP.]1[API GROUP DE, INC.]2 
 promises to pay to _______ or its registered assigns, 

the principal sum of ____________________________________________________DOLLARS (which amount may from time to time be increased or decreased to such other
principal amounts by adjustments made on the records of the Registrar as set forth in the Schedule attached hereto) on October 15, 2029. 

Interest Payment Dates: April 15 and October 15 

Record Dates: April 1 and October 1 
 Dated:
____________ 
  

			
	[API ESCROW CORP.]3[API GROUP DE, INC.]4
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 This is one of the Notes referred to 

in the within-mentioned Indenture: 

COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A., 
 as Trustee 

 

			
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

  

	1 	 Note: To be used before the Completion Date. 

	2 	 Note: To be used after the Completion Date. 

	3 	 Note: To be used before the Completion Date. 

	4 	 Note: To be used after the Completion Date. 

  
 A-1 

 [Back of Note] 

4.750% Senior Notes due 2029 
 [Insert the
Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 
 [Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the
provisions of the Indenture] 
 Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below
unless otherwise indicated. 
 1. INTEREST. The Company promises to pay or cause to be paid interest on the principal amount of this
Note at 4.750% per annum from October 21, 2021 until maturity. The Company will pay interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, or if any such day is not
a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of
issuance; provided that, if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided
further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be April 15, 2022. The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at a rate that is 1% higher than the then
applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest, if any
(without regard to any applicable grace period), at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
 Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. 
 2. METHOD OF
PAYMENT. The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest), if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the April 1 or October 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date,
even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if
any, and interest, if any, at the office or agency of the Paying Agent and Registrar maintained for such purpose, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth
in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of, premium on, if any, and interest, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of
which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

 3. PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Computershare Trust Company, N.A., the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying
Agent and Registrar. 

  
 A-2 

 4. INDENTURE. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of
October 21, 2021 (the “Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the
Indenture for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are unsecured obligations of the
Company. The Indenture does not limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be issued thereunder. 
 5. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. 

a. At any time prior to October 15, 2024, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate
principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture, upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price in the case of Notes equal to 104.750% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus Additional Amounts and
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of redemption (subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date), in an amount not to exceed the net
proceeds from an Equity Offering or a contribution to the Company’s common equity capital made with the net cash proceeds of an Equity Offering; provided that: 

1. at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of such applicable Notes originally issued under the Indenture (calculated
after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and 

2. the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering. 

b. At any time prior to October 15, 2024, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes,
upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such applicable Notes redeemed, plus the Applicable Premium as of, and Additional Amounts and accrued and unpaid interest,
if any, to the applicable date of redemption, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. 

c. Except pursuant to the preceding paragraphs (a) or (b) or paragraph 8 below, the Notes will not be redeemable at the
Company’s option prior to October 15, 2024. 
 d. On or after October 15, 2024, the Company may on any one or
more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus Additional Amounts and accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed, to the applicable date of redemption, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on October 15 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of
Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date: 

  
 A-3 

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2024
	  	 	102.375	% 
	 2025
	  	 	101.188	% 
	 2026 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes
or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date. 
 6. MANDATORY REDEMPTION. Except as set forth in
paragraph 7, the Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
 7. [SPECIAL
MANDATORY REDEMPTION; ESCROW. 
 a. Unless the Acquisition has been consummated substantially concurrently with the
closing of the offering of the Notes, in the event that (i) the Escrow Outside Date occurs and the Escrow Agent shall not have received the Escrow Release Officer’s Certificate on or prior to such date, (ii) the Escrow Issuer informs
the Escrow Agent in writing that, in the reasonable judgment of the Escrow Issuer, the Acquisition will not be consummated on or prior to the Escrow Outside Date or (iii) the Escrow Issuer informs the Escrow Agent in writing that the Stock
Purchase Agreement was terminated prior to the Escrow Outside Date (the date of any such event being the “Special Termination Date”), the Company shall redeem all of the Notes (the “Special Mandatory Redemption”) at
a price (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Price”) equal to 100.0% of the initial issue price of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes, if any, from the Issue Date to, but excluding, the Special Mandatory
Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. 

b. Notice of the Special Mandatory Redemption shall be delivered by the Company (or the Trustee, if applicable pursuant to the
Escrow Agreement) substantially in the form attached as Exhibit F to the Indenture no later than one (1) Business Day following the applicable Special Termination Date, to the Trustee, the Holders and the Escrow Agent, and shall provide that
the Notes shall be redeemed on a date that is no later than the third (3rd) Business Day after such notice is given by the Company in accordance with the terms of the Indenture (in each case, a “Special Mandatory Redemption Date”)
or otherwise in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC. 
 c. On or prior to the Special Mandatory Redemption Date,
the Escrow Agent shall pay to the Trustee for payment to each Holder of Notes the Special Mandatory Redemption Price for all outstanding Notes and, substantially concurrently with the payment to such Holders and after payment or accrued and unpaid
fees and expenses of the Trustee and the Escrow Agent, deliver any excess Escrow Property (if any) to the Company. The obligation to fund such amount, if applicable, will terminate upon the consummation of the Acquisition. Upon the deposit of funds
sufficient to pay the Special Mandatory Redemption Price on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date with the Trustee on or before such date, the Notes to be redeemed will cease to bear interest and all rights

  
 A-4 

 
under the Notes to be redeemed shall terminate. The Trustee will release to (or at the direction of) the Company any Escrow Property remaining after a Special Mandatory Redemption of the Notes
and payment of fees and expenses. For the avoidance of doubt, the Escrow Issuer will not be required to effect a Special Mandatory Redemption following the Escrow Release. Any redemption made pursuant to this paragraph 7 and Section 3.10 of the
Indenture shall be made pursuant to the procedures set forth in this paragraph 7, the Indenture and the Escrow Agreement, except to the extent inconsistent with this paragraph 7 or Section 3.10 of the Indenture.]5 
 7. [Reserved.]6 

8. REDEMPTION FOR CHANGES IN TAXES. The Company may redeem the Notes, in whole but not in part, at its discretion at any time upon
giving not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the date of redemption (a “Tax Redemption
Date”) (subject to the right of holders of the Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date if the Notes have not been redeemed prior to such date), if on the next date on which any amount
would be payable in respect of the Notes, the Company is or would be required to pay Additional Amounts and cannot avoid any such payment obligation by taking reasonable measures available (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the appointment of a
new paying agent), and the requirement arises as a result of: 
 a. any change in, or amendment to, the laws and treaties (or
any regulations, or rulings promulgated thereunder) of the relevant Tax Jurisdiction affecting taxation which change or amendment has not been publicly announced as formally proposed before and becomes effective on or after the Issue Date (or if the
relevant Tax Jurisdiction has changed since the Issue Date, on or after the date on which the then current Tax Jurisdiction became the applicable Tax Jurisdiction under this Indenture); or 

b. any change in, or amendment to, the existing official published position regarding the application, administration or
interpretation of such laws, regulations or rulings (including a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction or a change in published practice), which change or amendment has not been publicly announced as formally proposed
before and becomes effective on or after the Issue Date (or if the relevant Tax Jurisdiction has changed since the Issue Date, on or after the date on which the then current Tax Jurisdiction became the applicable Tax Jurisdiction under this
Indenture). 
 The Company will not give any such notice of redemption earlier than 60 days prior to the earliest date on which the Company
would be obligated to make such payment or withholding if a payment in respect of the Notes were then due and at the time such notice is given, the obligation to pay Additional Amounts must remain in effect. Prior to the mailing of any notice of
redemption of the Notes pursuant to this paragraph 8 and Section 3.11 of the Indenture, the Company will 
  

 
  

	5 	 Note: To be used if the Completion Date is after the Issue Date. 

	6 	 Note: To be used if the Completion Date is the Issue Date.

  
 A-5 

 
deliver to the Trustee an opinion of independent tax counsel (which counsel will be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee) to the effect that there has been such change or amendment which would
entitle the Issuer to redeem the Notes under this Indenture. In addition, before the Company mails a notice of redemption of the Notes pursuant to this paragraph 8 and Section 3.11 of the Indenture, it will deliver to the Trustee an
Officer’s Certificate to the effect that it cannot avoid its obligation to pay Additional Amounts by the Company taking reasonable measures available to it. 

9. REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDER. 

a. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company will be required to make an offer (a “Change of Control
Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all of that Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus Additional Amounts and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes
repurchased to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within thirty days following any Change of Control, the Company will
transmit a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture. 

b. If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company consummates any Asset Sales, within ten Business Days of each date
on which the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $100.0 million, the Company will make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders of Notes, and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions
similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to offers to purchase, prepay or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets, in accordance with the Indenture to purchase, prepay or redeem the maximum principal amount of Notes and such
other pari passu Indebtedness (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees and expenses, including premiums, incurred in connection therewith) that may be purchased, prepaid or redeemed out of the Excess Proceeds.
The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer, in the case of Notes, will be equal to 100% of the principal amount, plus Additional Amounts and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, subject to the rights of
Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, Holdings may use those Excess Proceeds
for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered in (or required to be prepaid or redeemed in connection with) such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the
amount of Excess Proceeds, the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, will be purchased on a pro rata basis, based on the amounts tendered or required to be prepaid or redeemed. Upon completion or expiration
of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have
such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes. 

  
 A-6 

 10. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. At least 15 days but not more than 60 days before a
redemption date, the Company will transmit or cause to be transmitted, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be transmitted more than 60 days prior to a
redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 11 thereof. No Notes of a principal amount of $2,000 shall be redeemed or purchased in
part; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder shall be redeemed or purchased. In addition, the Company may provide in such notice that payment of the
redemption price and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another person. 

Any such redemption may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including any related Equity
Offering or a Change of Control. In addition, if such redemption is subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, the related notice shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Company’s
discretion, the date of redemption may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied or waived (provided that in no event shall such date of redemption be delayed to a date later than 60 days after the date on
which such notice was transmitted), or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied or waived by the date of redemption, or by the date of redemption as so
delayed. 
 11. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples
of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer
documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the
unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the
next succeeding Interest Payment Date. 
 12. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as the
owner of it for all purposes. Only registered Holders have rights under the Indenture. 
 13. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER.
Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes including Additional
Notes, if any, voting as a single class, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class. Without the consent of any Holder of Notes, the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented, among other
things, to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, to comply with 

  
 A-7 

 
Section 5.01 of the Indenture, to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders of the Notes, to make any change that would provide any
additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any Holder, to conform the text of the Indenture, the Notes, or the Note Guarantees to any provision of the
“Description of Notes” section of the Offering Circular, as determined by Holdings, to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Indenture, or to allow any Guarantor to
execute a supplemental indenture to the Indenture and/or a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes. 
 14. DEFAULTS AND
REMEDIES. Events of Default include: (i) default in payment when due and payable (whether at maturity, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise) of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes; (ii) default for 30 days
or more in the payment when due of interest on or with respect to the Notes, (iii) failure by Holdings, the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25%
of the aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (with a copy to the Trustee) to comply with any of its other obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above) contained in
the Indenture or the Notes; (iv) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or
the payment of which is guaranteed by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or Guarantor, if both: (A) such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness
at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of
such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and (B) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal
at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $75.0 million or more at any one time outstanding; (v) failure by Holdings, the Company or any
Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $75.0 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final and non-appealable, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed; (vi) certain
events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to Holdings, the Company or any Significant Subsidiary as described in the Indenture; and (vii) the Guarantee of Holdings or any Significant Subsidiary shall for any reason cease to be in full
force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of Holdings or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, as the case may be, denies in writing that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives
notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of this Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture. In the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with
respect to the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will
become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the
principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary 

  
 A-8 

 
obligations on all the Notes to be due and payable, such acceleration will not be effective until the earlier of (1) the acceleration of Indebtedness under the Credit Facilities or
(2) five Business Days after receipt by the Company of written notice of such acceleration. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. The Trustee may withhold
from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, if any) if it determines that withholding notice is in their
interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of all the Holders of Notes, rescind an acceleration or waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its
respective consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest, if any, on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase). Holdings or the
Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required, upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such
Default or Event of Default. 
 15. TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH COMPANY. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make
loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee. 

16. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the
Company or any Guarantor, or any of their direct or indirect parent companies, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture or the Note Guarantees, or for any claim based on, in
respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be
effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws. 
 17. AUTHENTICATION. This Note will not be valid until
authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent. 
 18. ABBREVIATIONS. Customary
abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST
(= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 
 19. CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation
promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No
representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 

  
 A-9 

 20. GOVERNING LAW. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND
BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. EACH OF THE
PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT ANY LEGAL ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING AGAINST IT WITH RESPECT TO ITS OBLIGATIONS, LIABILITIES OR ANY OTHER MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE OR THE NOTE GUARANTEES MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE
COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND HEREBY IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS AND SUBMITS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF EACH SUCH COURT IN PERSONAM, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT
OR PROCEEDING FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTIES, ASSETS AND REVENUES. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING
ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE INDENTURE OR THIS NOTE. 
 The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge
a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to: 
 APi Escrow Corp. 

APi Group DE, Inc. 
 1100 Old Highway Eight NW 

New Brighton, MN 55112 
 Attention: Investor Relations 

  
 A-10 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
  

			
	(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:	  	  

		  	(Insert assignee’s legal name)

  
  

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.) 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
 (Print or type assignee’s name,
address and zip code) 
 and irrevocably appoint
                                        
                                         
                                         
                                         
              
 to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may
substitute another to act for him. 
 Date: ______________ 
  

			
	    Your Signature:	 	  

	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 Signature Guarantee*:
                                        
                         
  

	*	 Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to
the Trustee). 

  
 A-11 

 Option of Holder to Elect Purchase 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate
box below: 
  

			
	☐ Section 4.10	  	☐ Section 4.14

 If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or
Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 
  

			
	$_______________
	Date: ______________

  

			
	    Your Signature:	 	  

	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

  

			
	    Tax Identification No.:	 	  

 Signature Guarantee*:
                                        
                 
  

	*	 Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to
the Trustee). 

  
 A-12 

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF
INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE * 
 The following exchanges of a
part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 

 

									
	 Date of Exchange
	  	Amount of
decrease in
Principal Amount
of
this Global Note	  	Amount of
increase in
Principal Amount
of
this Global Note	  	Principal Amount
of this Global
Note following
such decrease
(or increase)	  	Signature of
authorized officer
of Trustee or
Custodian

  

	*	 This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form. 

  
 A-13 

 EXHIBIT B 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
 [APi Escrow
Corp.]7[APi Group DE, Inc.]8 
 1100 Old Highway
Eight NW 
 New Brighton, MN 55112 
 [Registrar address
block] 
 Re: [fill in full title of notes] 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of October 21, 2021 (the “Indenture”), between APi Escrow Corp., as
issuer (the “Company”) and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 

_______________, (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex
A hereto, in the principal amount of [$]_________ in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to _____________________ (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the
Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that: 
 [CHECK ALL THAT APPLY] 

1. ☐ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note
pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly,
the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one
or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the
requirements of Rule 144A, and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the
transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the
Securities Act. 
 2. ☐ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a
Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies
that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the 
  

 

	7 	 Note: To be used before the Completion Date. 

	8 	 Note: To be used after the Completion Date.

  
 B-1 

 
Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the
transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States,
(ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the
registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a
U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer
enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

3. ☐ Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to any
provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes
and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one): 

(a) ☐ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act; 

or 
 (b) ☐
such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof; 
 or 

(c) ☐ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in
compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; 
 or 

(d) ☐ such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of
Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which
certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture and (2) if such Transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes at the time of transfer of less than $250,000,
an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the 

  
 B-2 

 
Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed
transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Notes and
in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 4. ☐ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. 
 (a) ☐ Check if Transfer is pursuant to
Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky
securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of
the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the
Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
 (b) ☐ Check if Transfer is Pursuant
to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any
applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend
printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
 (c) ☐ Check if
Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904
and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement
Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to
the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company. 

  
 B-3 

 
			
	  

		 	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 Dated:
                                        
                             

  
 B-4 

 ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 

 

	1.	 The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following: 

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)] 
  

	 	(a)	 ☐ a beneficial interest in the: 

 

	 	(i)	 ☐ 144A Global Note (CUSIP_______), or 

 

	 	(ii)	 ☐ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP_______), or 

 

	 	(b)	 ☐ a Restricted Definitive Note. 

 

	2.	 After the Transfer the Transferee will hold: 

[CHECK ONE] 
  

	 	(a)	 ☐ a beneficial interest in the: 

 

	 	(i)	 ☐ 144A Global Note (CUSIP_______), or 

 

	 	(ii)	 ☐ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP_______), or 

 

	 	(iii)	 ☐ Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP_______); or 

 

	 	(b)	 ☐ a Restricted Definitive Note; or 

 

	 	(c)	 ☐ an Unrestricted Definitive Note, 

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. 

  
 B-5 

 EXHIBIT C 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE 
 [APi Escrow
Corp.]9[APi Group DE, Inc.]10 
 1100 Old Highway
Eight NW 
 New Brighton, MN 55112 
 [Registrar address
block] 
 Re: [fill in full title of notes] 

(CUSIP [                ]) 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of October 21, 2021 (the “Indenture”), between APi Escrow Corp., as
issuer (the “Company”) and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 

____________________, (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein,
in the principal amount of [$]__________ in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that: 

1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or
Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note 
 (a) ☐ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest
in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an
equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions
applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are
not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 (b) ☐ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive
Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own

  
  

	9 	 Note: To be used before the Completion Date. 

	10 	 Note: To be used after the Completion Date.

  
 C-1 

 
account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with
the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in
compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 (c) ☐ Check if
Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner
hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes
and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the
beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 

(d) ☐ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the
Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such
Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the
Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United
States. 
 2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive
Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes 
 (a) ☐ Check if Exchange is from beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the
Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note
issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

(b) ☐ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In
connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] ☐ 144A Global Note, ☐ Regulation S Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is

  
 C-2 

 
being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global
Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company. 

 

			
		 	  

		 	[Insert Name of Owner]
		
	By:	 	      

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 Dated:
                                        
                                         
    

  
 C-3 

 EXHIBIT D 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM 

ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR 
 [APi
Escrow Corp.]11[APi Group DE, Inc.]12 
 1100 Old
Highway Eight NW 
 New Brighton, MN 55112 
 [Registrar
address block] 
 Re: [fill in full title of notes] 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of October 21, 2021 (the “Indenture”), between APi Escrow Corp., as
issuer (the “Company”) and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 

In connection with our proposed purchase of $__________ aggregate principal amount of: 

 

	 	(a)	 ☐ a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or 

 

	 	(b)	 ☐ a Definitive Note, we confirm that: 

1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth
in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the “Securities Act”). 
 2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the
Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we
should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined
therein), (C) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the
Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and, if such transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes, at the time of transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to
the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144 under the
Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any Person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction
meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein. 

 

	11 	 Note: To be used before the Completion Date. 

	12 	 Note: To be used after the Completion Date.

  
 D-1 

 3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein,
we will be required to furnish to you and the Company (or its respective successors and/or assigns) such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company (or its respective successors and/or assigns) may reasonably require
to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect. 

4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the
Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the
economic risk of our or its investment. 
 5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account
or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion. 

You and the Company (and its respective successors and/or assigns) are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to
produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. 

 

			
		 	  
 [Insert Name of Accredited
Investor]

		
	By:	 	      

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 Dated:
                                        
 

  
 D-2 

 EXHIBIT E 

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 TO
BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS 
 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of
[ ● ], 20[ ● ], among [ ● ] (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of APi Group Corporation (or its permitted successor), a Delaware corporation
(“Holdings”), APi Group DE, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a subsidiary of Holdings (the “Company”), and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the
“Trustee”).13 
 W I T N E S S E T H 

WHEREAS, APi Escrow Corp. has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of
October 21, 2021, providing for the issuance of U.S. dollar-denominated 4.750% Senior Notes due 2029 (the “Notes”);14 

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a
supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Note
Guarantee”); and 
 WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this
Supplemental Indenture. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of
which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, the Company, and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 

1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. 

2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth in the Note Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 10 thereof. 
  

	13 	 Any Foreign Subsidiary’s guarantee and the requirements of Article 10 and the Indenture applicable to such
Foreign Subsidiary, may also be subject to other limitations as contemplated by Section 4.16 of this Indenture and those limitations may be specified in the applicable supplemental indenture 

	14 	 Subsequent amendments to be described here.

  
 E-1 

 3. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present, or future director, officer, employee,
incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, or any of their direct or indirect parent companies, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the 

Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture or the Note Guarantees, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or
their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal
securities laws. 
 4. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT ANY LEGAL ACTION, SUIT
OR PROCEEDING AGAINST IT WITH RESPECT TO ITS OBLIGATIONS, LIABILITIES OR ANY OTHER MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND HEREBY IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS AND
SUBMITS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF EACH SUCH COURT IN PERSONAM, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTIES, ASSETS
AND REVENUES. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE OR THE
TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 
 5. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each
signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. This Supplemental Indenture may be executed in multiple counterparts which, when taken together, shall constitute one instrument. The exchange of copies of this
Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile, PDF or other electronic transmissions shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original
Supplemental Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile, PDF or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. 

6. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 

7. THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this
Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company. 

[Signature pages follow] 

  
 E-2 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed and attested, all as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:
	Title:
	
	API GROUP DE, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:
	Title:
	
	COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:
	Title:

  
 E-3 

 EXHIBIT F 

FORM OF SPECIAL MANDATORY FULL REDEMPTION NOTICE 

TO THE HOLDERS OF 
 4.750% SENIOR
NOTES DUE 2029 
 API ESCROW CORP. 

(CUSIP Nos. 00185P AA9 (144A) / U0379P AA2 (Reg S)) 

(ISIN Nos. US00185PAA93 (144A) / USU0379PAA22 (Reg S))]15 

NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that APi Escrow Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of
October 21, 2021 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuer and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”), will redeem all of its outstanding 4.750% Senior Notes due 2029 (the
“Notes”) on [___________], 2021 (the “Escrow Redemption Date”) pursuant to Section 3.10 of the Indenture and paragraph 7 of the Notes. The redemption price for each Note will be 100% of the initial issue price
of the Notes (or $1,000 per $1,000 principal amount thereof), plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon from October 21, 2021 to, but excluding, the Escrow Redemption Date (the “Escrow Redemption Price”). Capitalized terms used
herein (but otherwise not defined) shall have such meanings as set forth in the Indenture. 
 Unless the Issuer defaults in payment of the
Escrow Redemption Price, interest on the Notes called for redemption shall cease to accrue on and after the Escrow Redemption Date. 
 In
order to receive the redemption payment, the Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as the Paying Agent. Notes to be redeemed must be surrendered for payment: (a) in book-entry form in accordance
with the procedures of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”); or (b) by delivering the Notes to be redeemed to the Paying Agent at: 

Computershare Trust Company, N.A. 
 6200 S. Quebec Street 

Greenwood Village, CO 80111 
 Attention: Corporate Trust 

The method of delivery of the Notes is at the election and risk of the Holder. If delivered by mail, certified or registered mail, properly
insured, is recommended. 
 No representation is being made as to the correctness of the CUSIP numbers either as printed on the Notes or as
contained in this notice. Holders should rely only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. 
  

	15 	 ISIN figures to be confirmed 

  
 F-1 

 IMPORTANT NOTICE 

For holders of Notes who have not established an exemption, payments made upon the redemption of the Notes may be subject to U.S. federal withholding of
[28]% of the payments to be made, as and to the extent required by the provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code. To establish an exemption from such withholding, holders of Notes should submit a completed and signed Internal Revenue Service Form
W-9 (or applicable Form W-8) when surrendering their Notes for payment. 

Date: [         ], 202[1][2] 

 

			
	By:	 	API ESCROW CORP.

  
 F-2 

 EXHIBIT G 

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE TO BE DELIVERED BY API GROUP DE, INC. AND CERTAIN GUARANTORS ON THE COMPLETION DATE 

This FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of [_________], 202[1][2] (this “Supplemental Indenture”), is entered into by and
among APi Group DE, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“APi DE” or the “Issuer”), APi Group Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), the parties that are signatories hereto as Guarantors (each,
a “Guaranteeing Subsidiary” and together, the “Guaranteeing Subsidiaries”) and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., a national banking association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). 

W I T N E S S E T H: 

WHEREAS, APi Escrow Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Escrow Issuer”), and the Trustee have heretofore executed and delivered
an indenture, dated as of October 21, 2021 (the “Initial Indenture” and, together with this Supplemental Indenture, and as further amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the “Indenture”) providing
for the issuance of $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.750% Senior Notes due 2029 (the “Notes”); 
 WHEREAS, the
parties hereto desire to enter into this Supplemental Indenture to evidence the assumption by the Issuer of all the payment obligations under the Notes and the Indenture; 

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that on the Completion Date each of the Issuer, Holdings and each Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and
deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture and become parties to the Indenture and pursuant to which the Issuer shall assume all of the obligations of Escrow Issuer under the Notes and the Indenture, as applicable, and Holdings and each
Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee, on a joint and several basis with Holdings and the other Guaranteeing Subsidiaries and the other Guarantors under the Indenture, all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the
Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “Note Guarantee”); 
 WHEREAS, pursuant
to Section 9.01 of the Initial Indenture, the Trustee, the Issuer, Holdings and the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture without the consent of Holders of the Notes; 

WHEREAS, each of the Issuer, Holdings and each Guaranteeing Subsidiary has been duly authorized to enter into this Supplemental Indenture; and

 WHEREAS, all acts, conditions, proceedings and requirements necessary to make this Supplemental Indenture a valid, binding and legal
agreement enforceable in accordance with its terms for the purposes expressed herein, in accordance with its terms, have been duly done and performed. 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged,
the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows: 

  
 G-1 

 ARTICLE I 

DEFINITIONS 

Section 1.1. Defined Terms. As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recitals
hereto are used herein as therein defined. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any
particular Section hereof. 
 ARTICLE II 

ASSUMPTION AND AGREEMENTS 

Section 2.1. Assumption of Obligations. The Issuer hereby agrees, as of the date hereof, to assume, to be bound by, to perform and
to be jointly and severally liable, as a primary obligor and not as a guarantor or surety, with respect to, any and all payment obligations under the Indenture and the Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture and
the Notes and all other obligations and agreements of Escrow Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes and to become Issuer under and as defined in the Indenture and the Notes. 

ARTICLE III 

AGREEMENT TO BE BOUND, GUARANTEE 

Section 3.1. Agreement to be Bound. Holdings and each Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby becomes a party to the Indenture as a
Guarantor and as such will have all of the rights and be subject to all of the obligations and agreements of a Guarantor under the Indenture. 

Section 3.2. Guarantee. Holdings and each Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms
and subject to the conditions set forth in the Note Guarantee and in the Indenture, including but not limited to Article 10 thereof. This Note Guarantee shall be released in accordance with Section 10.04 of the Indenture. 

ARTICLE IV 

MISCELLANEOUS 

Section 4.1. Notices. All notices and other communications to the Issuer, Holdings and the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries shall be
given as provided in the Indenture to the Issuer, Holdings and the Guarantors. 
 Section 4.2. Parties. Nothing expressed or
mentioned herein is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, firm or corporation, other than the Holders and the Trustee, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture or
any provision herein or therein contained. 
 Section 4.3. Severability. In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture
shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity,
illegality or unenforceability. 

  
 G-2 

 Section 4.4. Execution and Delivery. (a) The Issuer agrees that its
assumption of all of the payment obligations under the Notes and the Indenture shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such assumption of all of the payment obligations under the Notes
and the Indenture on the Notes. 
 (b) Holdings and each Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that the Note Guarantee shall remain in full force
and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of any such Guarantee. 
 Section 4.5. No Recourse Against
Others. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Issuer, Holdings or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer, Holdings or the
Guaranteeing Subsidiaries under the Notes, any Note Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and
releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes and the Guarantee. 

Section 4.6. Governing Law. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the
State of New York. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER
JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT ANY LEGAL ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING AGAINST IT WITH RESPECT TO ITS OBLIGATIONS, LIABILITIES OR ANY OTHER MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS SUPPLEMENTAL
INDENTURE MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND HEREBY IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS AND SUBMITS TO THE NON EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF EACH SUCH COURT IN PERSONAM, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR
PROCEEDING FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTIES, ASSETS AND REVENUES. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING
OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 
 Section 4.7. Counterparts. The
parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by
facsimile, PDF or other electronic transmissions shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Supplemental Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of
the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile, PDF or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. 

  
 G-3 

 Section 4.8. Headings. The headings of the Articles and the Sections in this
Supplemental Indenture are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof. 

Section 4.9. The Trustee. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental
Indenture or with respect to the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the other parties hereto. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this
Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by Holdings, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company. 

Section 4.10. Benefits Acknowledged. (a) The Issuer’s assumption of all of the payment obligations under the Notes and
the Indenture is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. The Issuer acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture
and that its assumption of all of the payment obligations under the Notes and the Indenture and the waivers made by it pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits. 

(b) Holdings and each Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Note Guarantee are subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. Each of
Holdings and the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it
pursuant to this Note Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits. 
 Section 4.11. Successors. All
agreements of the Issuer, Holdings and the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind their Successors, except as otherwise provided in this Supplemental Indenture. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental
Indenture shall bind its successors. 
 Section 4.12. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture.
Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture
for all purposes, and every Holder heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. 
 [Signature Pages Follow]

  
 G-4 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed, all as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	 API GROUP DE, INC.
 as
Issuer

		
	By:	 	      

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	 API GROUP CORPORATION,
 as a
Guarantor

		
	By:	 	      

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	 [GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARIES],
 as a
Guarantor

		
	By:	 	      

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 [Signature Page to
Supplemental Indenture] 

 
			
	 COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A.

as Trustee

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 [Signature Page to
Supplemental Indenture] 

 EXHIBIT H 

FORM OF INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT 

[See attached.] 

  
 H-1 

 Private & Confidential 

[ ● ] 2021 

API GROUP CORPORATION 
 as
the Company 
 CITIBANK, N.A. 

as the Original Senior Agent and Collateral Agent 

and 
 COMPUTERSHARE TRUST
COMPANY, N.A. 
 as the Original Unsecured Notes Trustee 

and others 
  

 
 INTERCREDITOR
AGREEMENT 
  
  

 
 

 

  
 1 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	 1.
	 	DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION	  	 	3	 
	 2.
	 	UNSECURED CREDITORS	  	 	14	 
	 3.
	 	EFFECT OF INSOLVENCY EVENT	  	 	15	 
	 4.
	 	TURNOVER OF RECEIPTS	  	 	17	 
	 5.
	 	REDISTRIBUTION	  	 	18	 
	 6.
	 	DISTRESSED DISPOSALS AND DISPOSAL PROCEEDS	  	 	19	 
	 7.
	 	APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS	  	 	22	 
	 8.
	 	CHANGES TO THE PARTIES	  	 	22	 
	 9.
	 	NOTICES	  	 	23	 
	 10.
	 	PRESERVATION	  	 	25	 
	 11.
	 	CONSENTS, AMENDMENTS AND OVERRIDE	  	 	26	 
	 12.
	 	UNSECURED NOTES TRUSTEE	  	 	26	 
	 13.
	 	SENIOR AGENT	  	 	31	 
	 14.
	 	COUNTERPARTS	  	 	35	 
	 15.
	 	ELECTRONIC SIGNATURES	  	 	35	 
	 16.
	 	GOVERNING LAW	  	 	35	 
	 17.
	 	ENFORCEMENT	  	 	35	 
	 18.
	 	CONTRACTUAL RECOGNITION OF BAIL-IN	  	 	36	 
	 SCHEDULE 1 FORM OF CREDITOR/AGENT ACCESSION UNDERTAKING
	  	 	38	 

  
 2 

 THIS AGREEMENT is dated [ ● ] 2021 and made between: 

 

	(1)	 API GROUP CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”); 

 

	(2)	 COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A. as original trustee for the Original Unsecured Creditors (the
“Original Unsecured Notes Trustee”); 

  

	(3)	 CITIBANK, N.A. as administrative agent under the Senior Credit Agreement (the “Original
Senior Agent”); 

  

	(4)	 CITIBANK, N.A. as collateral agent under the Senior Credit Agreement (the “Collateral
Agent”); 

  

	(5)	 Upon accession each “Senior Agent”; 

 

	(6)	 Upon accession each “Unsecured Notes Trustee”; and 

 

	(7)	 Upon accession each “Unsecured Creditor”. 

IT IS AGREED as follows: 
  

	1.	 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION 

 

	1.1	 Definitions 

In this Agreement: 

“Affiliate” 
  

	 	(a)	 has the meaning given in the Senior Credit Agreement; or 

 

	 	(b)	 has the meaning given to any substantially equivalent term to that referred to in paragraph (a) above in
each Permitted Senior Secured Finance Document, 

 as the context requires. 

“Agent Liabilities” means all present and future liabilities and obligations, whether actual or contingent and whether
incurred solely or jointly, of any member of the Group to any Agent under the Debt Documents. 
 “Agents” means each Senior
Agent, the Collateral Agent and each Unsecured Notes Trustee as the context requires. 
 “Business Day” has the meaning
given to that term in the Senior Credit Agreement. 
 “Charged Property” means all of the assets which from time to time
are, or are expressed to be, the subject of the Transaction Security. 
 “Consent” means any consent, approval, release or
waiver or agreement to any amendment. 
 “Competitive Sales Process” means: 

 

	 	(a)	 any auction or other competitive sales process conducted with the advice of an internationally recognised
investment bank, firm of accountants or third party professional firm which is regularly engaged in providing valuations in respect of the relevant type and size of the assets concerned, in each case selected by the Collateral Agent ((acting in
accordance with the relevant Senior Secured Finance Documents) and the procedures for which do not expressly exclude the Unsecured Creditors from participating as prospective buyers, other than where the such conducting party advises the Collateral
Agent that such participation could prejudice that auction or competitive sales process); and 

  
 3 

	 	(b)	 any enforcement of the Transaction Security carried out by way of auction or other competitive sales process
pursuant to requirements of applicable law and applicable contractual obligations. 

 “Creditor/Agent Accession
Undertaking” means an undertaking substantially in the form set out in Schedule 1 (Form of Creditor/Agent Accession Undertaking). 

“Creditors” means the Senior Secured Creditors, the Agents and the Unsecured Creditors, as the context so determines. 

“Debt Document” means each of this Agreement, the Senior Secured Finance Documents, any Unsecured Finance Documents, the
Security Documents and any other document designated as such by the Collateral Agent and the Company, as the context so determines. 

“Default” means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the making of
any determination or the giving of notice provided for in the relevant definition of event of default under the relevant Debt Document or any combination of the foregoing) be an Event of Default provided that any such event or circumstance
which requires the satisfaction of a condition as to materiality or the making of a determination before it becomes an Event of Default shall not be a Default or an Event of Default until such condition is satisfied or determination made. 

“Distressed Disposal” means a disposal of an asset or shares of, or other financial securities issued by, a member of the
Group which is: 
  

	 	(a)	 being effected at the request of the Senior Secured Creditors in accordance with the Senior Secured Finance
Documents in circumstances where the Transaction Security has become enforceable as a result of a Senior Acceleration Event which was continuing at the time the request for enforcement was made; 

 

	 	(b)	 being effected by enforcement of the Transaction Security as a result of a Senior Acceleration Event which was
continuing at the time the request for enforcement was made; or 

  

	 	(c)	 being effected after the occurrence of a Distress Event, by a member of the Group to a person or persons which
is not a member of the Group. 

 “Distress Event” means any of: 

 

	 	(a)	 a Senior Acceleration Event which has occurred and is continuing; or 

 

	 	(b)	 the enforcement of any Transaction Security as a result of a Senior Acceleration Event which has occurred and
is continuing. 

 “Enforcement Action” means: 

 

	 	(a)	 in relation to any Liabilities: 

 

	 	(i)	 the acceleration of any Liabilities or the making of any declaration that any Liabilities are prematurely due
and payable (other than as a result of it becoming unlawful for a Senior Secured Creditor or Unsecured Creditor to perform its obligations under, or of any voluntary or mandatory prepayment arising under, the Debt Documents); 

  
 4 

	 	(ii)	 the making of any declaration that any Liabilities are payable on demand; 

 

	 	(iii)	 the making of a demand for payment in relation to a Liability that is payable on demand; 

 

	 	(iv)	 the making of any demand against any Unsecured Guarantor in relation to any Unsecured Liabilities of that
Unsecured Guarantor; 

  

	 	(v)	 the exercise of any right to require any member of the Group to acquire any Liability (including exercising any
put or call option against any member of the Group for the redemption or purchase of any Liability); 

  

	 	(vi)	 the exercise of any right of set-off, account combination or payment
netting against any member of the Group in respect of any Liabilities other than the exercise of any such right which is otherwise expressly permitted under the Debt Documents; and 

 

	 	(vii)	 the suing for, commencing or joining of any legal or arbitration proceedings against any Unsecured Guarantor to
recover any Liabilities; 

  

	 	(b)	 the taking of any steps to enforce or require the enforcement of any Transaction Security (including the
crystallisation of any floating charge forming part of the Transaction Security) as a result of a Senior Acceleration Event which was continuing at the time the request for enforcement was made; 

 

	 	(c)	 the taking of any steps to enforce or require the enforcement of any Permitted Security (including the
crystallisation of any floating charge forming part of the Permitted Security); 

  

	 	(d)	 the entering into of any composition, compromise, assignment or similar arrangement with any member of the
Group which owes any Liabilities, or has given any Security, guarantee or indemnity or other assurance against loss in respect of the Liabilities (other than any action permitted under Clause 8 (Changes to the Parties) or any debt buy-backs pursuant to open market debt repurchases, tender offers or exchange offers entered into in accordance with the Debt Documents, and not undertaken as part of an announced restructuring or turnaround plan or
while a Default was outstanding under the relevant Senior Secured Finance Document); or 

  

	 	(e)	 the petitioning, applying or voting for, or the taking of any steps (including the appointment of any
liquidator, receiver, administrator or similar officer) in relation to, the winding up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation of any member of the Group which owes any Liabilities, or has given any Security, guarantee, indemnity or other
assurance against loss in respect of any of the Liabilities, or any member of the Group’s assets or any suspension of payments or moratorium of any indebtedness of any such member of the Group or any analogous procedure or step in any
jurisdiction, 

 except that the following shall not constitute Enforcement Action: 

 

	 	(i)	 the taking of any action falling within paragraph (a)(vii) or (e) above which is necessary (but only to
the extent necessary) to preserve the validity, existence or priority of claims in respect of Liabilities, including the registration of such claims before any court or governmental authority and the bringing, supporting or joining of proceedings to
prevent any loss of the right to bring, support or join proceedings by reason of applicable limitation periods; 

  
 5 

	 	(ii)	 any discussions or consultations between, or proposals made by, any of the Senior Secured Creditors with
respect to instructions to enforce any Transaction Security; 

  

	 	(iii)	 bringing legal proceedings against any person in connection with any securities violation, securities or
listing regulations or common law fraud or to restrain any actual or putative breach of the Debt Documents or for specific performance with no claims for damages; and 

 

	 	(iv)	 a Secured Party bringing legal proceedings against any person solely for the purpose of: 

 

	 	(A)	 obtaining injunctive relief (or any analogous remedy outside England and Wales) to restrain any actual or
putative breach of any Debt Document to which it is a party; 

  

	 	(B)	 obtaining specific performance (other than specific performance of an obligation to make a payment) with no
claim for damages; or 

  

	 	(C)	 requesting judicial interpretation of any provision of any Debt Document to which it is a party with no claim
for damages. 

 “Event of Default”: 

 

	 	(a)	 has the meaning given in the Senior Credit Agreement; and 

 

	 	(b)	 has the meaning given to any substantially equivalent term to that referred to in paragraph (a) above in
any other Debt Document, 

 as the context requires. 

“Final Discharge Date” means the first date on which all Senior Secured Liabilities have been fully and finally discharged to
the satisfaction of the applicable Senior Agents, whether or not as the result of an enforcement, and the Senior Secured Creditors (in that capacity) are under no further obligation to provide financial accommodation to any member of the Group under
any of the Debt Documents. 
 “Finance Documents” means each of the Senior Secured Finance Documents and any Unsecured
Finance Documents. 
 “Group” means the Company and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the Senior Credit
Agreement) from time to time. 
 “Insolvency Event” means any Event of Default arises pursuant to paragraph (f) or
paragraph (g) of Section 9.01 (Events of Default) of the Senior Credit Agreement or any equivalent Event of Default pursuant to any other Finance Documents other than as permitted under the Senior Credit Agreement and any Permitted
Senior Secured Finance Document or otherwise not constituting a Default. 
 “Liabilities” means all present and future
liabilities and obligations at any time of any member of the Group to any Creditor or Agent under the Debt Documents (including by way of the grant of Security under such documents), both actual and contingent and whether incurred solely or jointly
or in any other capacity together with any of the following matters relating to or arising in respect of those liabilities and obligations: 
  

	 	(a)	 any refinancing, novation, deferral or extension; 

  
 6 

	 	(b)	 any claim for breach of representation, warranty or undertaking or on an event of default or under any
indemnity given under or in connection with any document or agreement evidencing or constituting any other liability or obligation falling within this definition; 

 

	 	(c)	 any liabilities arising by way of guarantee, indemnity, surety, parallel debt, contribution or subrogation;

  

	 	(d)	 any claim for damages or restitution; and 

 

	 	(e)	 any claim as a result of any recovery by any member of the Group of a Payment on the grounds of preference or
otherwise, 

 and any amounts which would be included in any of the above but for any discharge, non-provability, unenforceability or non-allowance of those amounts in any insolvency or other proceedings. 

“Original Unsecured Creditors” means the Unsecured Noteholders as at the date of this Agreement. 

“Party” means a party to this Agreement. 

“Payment” means, in respect of any Liabilities (or any other liabilities or obligations), a payment, prepayment, repayment,
redemption, repurchase, defeasance or discharge of those Liabilities (or other liabilities or obligations). 
 “Permitted
Security” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 2.1 (Security: Unsecured Creditors). 
 “Permitted Senior
Secured Finance Document” means each facility agreement, indenture or other document or instrument (and any related security, ancillary or intercreditor documentation) evidencing the terms of any loan, notes, credit or debt facility or
obligation which is permitted under the terms of the Finance Documents, to be secured by Security ranking pari passu with, or junior to, the Senior Secured Liabilities (but excluding the Senior Credit Agreement) and which is designated as
such by the Company (in its discretion) by written notice to the Agents who are a party to this Agreement at such time. 
 “Permitted
Unsecured Finance Document” means each facility agreement, indenture or other document or instrument evidencing the terms of any loan, notes, credit or debt facility which is permitted under the terms of the Finance Documents, to rank
pari passu with the Unsecured Liabilities (but excluding the Unsecured Notes Documents) and which is designated as such by the Company (in its discretion) by written notice to the Agents who are a party to this Agreement at such time. 

“Receiver” means a receiver or receiver and manager or administrative receiver of the whole or any part of the Charged
Property, as the context may require. 
 “Relevant Liabilities” means in the case of a Creditor: 

 

	 	(a)	 the Liabilities owed to Creditors ranking (in accordance with the terms of this Agreement) pari passu with or
in priority to that Creditor together with all Agent Liabilities owed to the Agent of those Creditors; and 

  

	 	(b)	 all present and future liabilities and obligations, actual and contingent, of the Group to the Collateral
Agent. 

  
 7 

 “Responsible Officer” means any officer within the corporate trust and
securities services department (however described) of any Unsecured Notes Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by those having direct responsibility for the administration of this Agreement or to whom any corporate
trust matter is referred because of such individual’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 
 “Secured
Obligations” means all Liabilities and all other present and future obligations at any time due, owing or incurred by any member of the Group to any Secured Party under the Senior Secured Finance Documents (including to the Collateral Agent
under any parallel debt arrangements), both actual and contingent and whether incurred solely or jointly and as principal or surety or in any other capacity. 

“Secured Parties” means the Collateral Agent, the Senior Agent, any Receiver and the Senior Secured Creditors from time to
time. 
 “Security” means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, security assignment, security transfer of title or other
security interest having a similar effect. 
 “Security Documents” means: 

 

	 	(a)	 each of the Transaction Security Documents; 

 

	 	(b)	 any other document entered into at any time by any member of the Group creating any guarantee, indemnity,
Security or other assurance against financial loss in favour of any of the Secured Parties as security for any of the Secured Obligations; and 

  

	 	(c)	 any Security granted under any covenant for further assurance in any of the documents set out in paragraphs
(a) and (b) above. 

 “Senior Acceleration Event” means the Senior Agent or Collateral Agent
exercising any rights under section 9.02 (Remedies Upon Event of Default) of the Senior Credit Agreement, or any substantially equivalent provisions to those referred to above in each Permitted Senior Secured Finance Document, as the context
requires. 
 “Senior Agent” means: 
  

	 	(a)	 the Original Senior Agent; or 

 

	 	(a)	 each other agent, trustee (other than the Collateral Agent) acting on behalf of or representing Senior Secured
Creditors under any Permitted Senior Secured Finance Documents, 

 as the context requires, which is a party to this
Agreement or has acceded to this Agreement as a Senior Agent. 
 “Senior Credit Agreement” means the credit agreement dated
1 October 2019 made between, among others, the Company, the Senior Lenders party thereto and the Original Senior Agent (as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement dated 22 October 2020 [and Amendment No. 2 to Credit
Agreement dated [ • ] and as further amended and/or restated from time to time). 
 “Senior Lenders” means
each “Lender” as defined in the Senior Credit Agreement. 
 “Senior Secured Creditors” means: 

 

	 	(a)	 the Senior Lenders; and 

 

	 	(b)	 any lender, noteholder or other secured creditor (other than the applicable Agent) owed Senior Secured
Liabilities under any Permitted Senior Secured Finance Document, 

  
 8 

 as the context requires. 

“Senior Secured Finance Documents” means: 
  

	 	(a)	 the term “Loan Documents” in the Senior Credit Agreement; or 

 

	 	(b)	 any substantially equivalent term to that referred to in paragraph (a) above under and as defined in any
Permitted Senior Secured Finance Document, as the context requires. 

 “Senior Secured Liabilities” means:

  

	 	(a)	 the Liabilities owed by any member of the Group to the Senior Secured Creditors under or in connection with the
Senior Secured Finance Documents, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any such Liabilities incurred under a Permitted Senior Secured Finance Document; and 

  

	 	(b)	 the Agent Liabilities in respect thereof. 

“Subsidiary” 
  

	 	(a)	 has the meaning given in the Senior Credit Agreement; or 

 

	 	(b)	 has the meaning given to any substantially equivalent term to that referred to in paragraph (a) above in
each Permitted Senior Secured Finance Document, 

 as the context requires. 

“Tax” 
  

	 	(a)	 has the meaning given in the Senior Credit Agreement; or 

 

	 	(b)	 has the meaning given to any substantially equivalent provision to that referred to in paragraph (a) above
in a Permitted Senior Secured Finance Document, 

 as the context requires and “Taxes” shall be construed
accordingly. 
 “Transaction Security” means the Security created or evidenced or expressed to be created or evidenced under
or pursuant to the Security Documents. 
 “Transaction Security Documents” means any document entered into by any creating
or expressed to create Transaction Security. 
 “Unsecured Creditors” means: 

 

	 	(a)	 each Unsecured Noteholder; and 

 

	 	(b)	 any lender, noteholder or other unsecured creditor (other than the applicable Agent) owed Unsecured Liabilities
under any Permitted Unsecured Finance Document, 

 as the context requires. 

“Unsecured Event of Default” means the occurrence or an Event of Default under an Unsecured Finance Document, as the context
requires. 
 “Unsecured Finance Documents” means: 
  

	 	(a)	 the Unsecured Notes Documents; and 

  
 9 

	 	(b)	 any Permitted Unsecured Finance Document. 

“Unsecured Guarantor” means any member of the Group established, incorporated or organised in a jurisdiction outside the
United States that provides a guarantee in favour of any Unsecured Creditor in connection with any Unsecured Finance Documents. 

“Unsecured Liabilities” means the Liabilities owed by any Unsecured Guarantor to the Unsecured Creditors or any Unsecured
Notes Trustee under or in connection with the Unsecured Finance Documents, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any such Liabilities incurred under a Permitted Unsecured Finance Document and any Agent Liabilities. 

“Unsecured Noteholders” means the holders, from time to time, of the Unsecured Notes as determined in accordance with the
Unsecured Notes Indenture. 
 “Unsecured Notes” means the senior unsecured notes issued by the Company [or a member of the
Group] pursuant to a Unsecured Notes Indenture and any additional notes issued thereunder from time to time. 
 “Unsecured Notes
Documents” means the Unsecured Notes, each Unsecured Notes Indenture, any guarantee in respect thereof and any other document entered into in connection therewith. 

“Unsecured Notes Indenture” means the indenture dated 22 June 2021, the indenture dated 21 October 2021 and any
other indenture pursuant to which any Unsecured Notes are issued. 
 “Unsecured Notes Trustee” means: 

 

	 	(a)	 the Original Unsecured Notes Trustee; and 

 

	 	(b)	 any person acting as trustee or agent for the Unsecured Creditors or under issue of any Unsecured Finance
Documents which accedes to this Agreement as an Unsecured Notes Trustee by executing a Creditor/Agent Accession Undertaking and has not ceased to be an Unsecured Notes Trustee in accordance with this Agreement. 

“Unsecured Notes Trustee Amounts” means, in relation to an Unsecured Notes Trustee, amounts payable to that Unsecured Notes
Trustee or any adviser, receiver, delegate, attorney, agent or appointee under the Unsecured Finance Documents, any provisions (including indemnity provisions) for fees, costs and expenses in favour of that Unsecured Notes Trustee or any adviser,
receiver, delegate, attorney, agent or appointee contained in the Unsecured Finance Documents, all compensation for services provided by that Unsecured Notes Trustee or any adviser, receiver, delegate, attorney, agent or appointee which is payable
to that Unsecured Notes Trustee or any adviser, receiver, delegate, attorney, agent or appointee pursuant to the terms of the Unsecured Finance Documents and all
out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including VAT where applicable) properly incurred (including reimbursement for expenses incurred) by that Unsecured Notes Trustee or
any adviser, receiver, delegate, attorney, agent or appointee in carrying out its duties or performing any service pursuant to the terms of the Unsecured Finance Documents, including, without limitation: 

 

	 	(a)	 compensation for the costs and expenses of the collection by that Unsecured Notes Trustee of any amount payable
to that Unsecured Notes Trustee for the benefit of the Unsecured Creditors; and 

  

	 	(b)	 costs and expenses of that Unsecured Notes Trustee’s advisers, receivers, delegates, attorneys, agents or
appointees, 

 but excluding: 

  
 10 

	 	(i)	 any payment in relation to any unpaid costs and expenses incurred in respect of any litigation initiated by
that Unsecured Notes Trustee or any adviser, receiver, delegate, attorney, agent or appointee on behalf of that Unsecured Notes Trustee against any of the Senior Secured Creditors including VAT where applicable; and 

 

	 	(ii)	 any payment made directly or indirectly on or in respect of any amounts owing under any Unsecured Finance
Documents (including principal, interest, premium or any other amounts to any of the Unsecured Creditors). 

“VAT” means: 
  

	 	(a)	 any value added tax imposed by the Value Added Tax Act 1994; 

 

	 	(b)	 any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value
added tax as amended (EC Directive 2006/112); and 

  

	 	(c)	 any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in the United Kingdom a member state of the European Union
in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such tax referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above, or imposed elsewhere. 

 1.2
Construction 
  

	 	(a)	 Unless a contrary indication appears, a reference in this Agreement to: 

 

	 	(i)	 any Agent, the Company, Creditor, Senior Secured Creditor, Secured Party, Collateral Agent, Senior Agent,
Unsecured Creditor, Unsecured Guarantor, Unsecured Notes Trustee or (in relation to paragraph (B) below) any other person, shall be construed: 

  

	 	(A)	 to be a reference to it in its capacity as such and not in any other capacity; and 

 

	 	(B)	 so as to include its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees and, in the case of the
Collateral Agent, any person for the time being appointed as the Collateral Agent in accordance with this Agreement; 

  

	 	(ii)	 “assets” includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

  

	 	(iii)	 a “Debt Document” or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Debt Document,
or other agreement or instrument, as amended, novated, supplemented, extended or restated (however fundamentally) and includes any increase in, addition to or extension of or other change to any facility made available under any such agreement or
instrument (in each case to the extent not prohibited by this Agreement); 

  

	 	(iv)	 “indebtedness” includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the
payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent; 

  

	 	(v)	 a “person” includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of
a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality) or two or more of the foregoing; 

  
 11 

	 	(vi)	 a “regulation” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline
(whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or of any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation; 

 

	 	(vii)	 “shares” or “share capital” includes equivalent ownership interests (and
“shareholder” and similar expressions shall be construed accordingly); and 

  

	 	(viii)	 a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or
re-enacted. 

  

	 	(b)	 Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only. 

 

	 	(c)	 “disposal” means any sale, lease, licence, transfer (including any transfer of any property
interest in any asset) and any grant of Security or quasi Security or conveyance of or with respect to any asset, undertaking or business. 

  

	 	(d)	 A Senior Acceleration Event is “continuing” if it has not been revoked or otherwise ceases to
be continuing in accordance with the terms of the relevant Debt Document. 

  

	 	(e)	 The right or requirement of any Party to take or not take any action on or following the occurrence of an
Insolvency Event in respect of a Unsecured Guarantor shall cease to apply if the relevant Insolvency Event is no longer continuing (unless a Senior Acceleration Event has occurred and is continuing and without prejudice to any action taken or not
taken in accordance with the terms of this Agreement while that Insolvency Event is continuing). 

  

	 	(f)	 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, where any provision of this Agreement refers to or otherwise
contemplates any consent, approval, release, waiver, agreement, notification or other step or action (each an “Action”) which may be required from or by any person: 

 

	 	(i)	 which is not a Party at such time; 

 

	 	(ii)	 in respect of any agreement which is not in existence at such time; or 

 

	 	(iii)	 in respect of any indebtedness which has not been committed or incurred (or an agreement in relation thereto)
at such time, 

 unless otherwise agreed or specified by the Company, that consent, approval, release, waiver, agreement,
notification or other step or action shall not be required (or be required from any person that is a party thereto) and no such provision shall, or shall be construed so as to, in any way prohibit or restrict the rights or actions of any member of
the Group. Further, for the avoidance of doubt, no references to any agreement which is not in existence (or under which debt obligations have not been actually incurred by a member of the Group) shall, or shall be construed so as to, in any way
prohibit or restrict the rights or actions of any member of the Group (and no consent, approval, release, waiver, agreement, notification or other step or action shall be required from any party thereto). 

 

	 	(g)	 References to any matter being “permitted” under one or more of the Debt Documents shall
include references to such matters not being prohibited or otherwise approved under those Debt Documents. 

  

	 	(h)	 Any references to terms in this Agreement that are defined in any Debt Document, (the “Defined
Term”) shall include not only the definition but also terms or mechanics which are equivalent or similar to the manner in which such Defined Term is interpreted under this Agreement. 

  
 12 

	 	(i)	 References to any Creditors (or any class, group or percentage of any Creditors (including, for the avoidance
of doubt, unanimity)) giving any Consent under this Agreement means (in each case) acting through the applicable Agent, if any, or, as applicable, the Collateral Agent. 

 

	 	(j)	 Where any defined term in this Agreement refers to the definitions of such term in another document which is to
be entered into after the date of this Agreement (any such other document, a “Future Document”) and such Future Document does not contain such definition, the relevant defined term in this Agreement shall be defined by reference to
the equivalent term used in the Future Document and if no such equivalent term is used, shall be ignored for the purposes of this Agreement. 

  

	 	(k)	 Any reference to any requirement for any person to accede to this Agreement shall be construed as a reference
to such person executing and delivering to the Collateral Agent a Creditor/Agent Accession Undertaking, provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary, a member of the Group shall only be required to accede to this Agreement to the extent
that the relevant member of the Group becoming an Unsecured Guarantor would not breach any applicable law or present material risk of liability for any member of the Group and/or its officers or directors, or give rise to a material risk of breach
of fiduciary or statutory duties. 

  

	 	(l)	 Any reference to a term, provision, action or step being agreed by the Company shall be construed as any
agreement given at any time by the Company in its discretion which refers to the applicable term, provision, action or step and the applicable provision of this Agreement for which such agreement applies. 

 

	 	(m)	 Nothing in this Agreement or any other Debt Document shall restrict the Company, any Party, any member of the
Group (or holding company or Affiliate thereof), the Creditors (or any of them) agreeing the ranking of their respective claims and any other intercreditor arrangements among themselves in documentation separate to this Agreement and entered into
solely between such parties (or on their behalf by an Agent). 

  

	1.3	 Third Party Rights 

 

	 	(a)	 Unless expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement, a person who is not a Party has no right under the
Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the “Third Parties Rights Act”) to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement. 

 

	 	(b)	 Notwithstanding any term of this Agreement, the consent of any person who is not a Party is not required to
rescind or vary this Agreement at any time. 

  

	1.4	 Creditor Rights prior to relevant Debt Issuance 

To the extent that this Agreement grants rights for the benefit of any Secured Party, or Unsecured Creditor, no such rights shall accrue or be
enforceable against any other party prior to the incurrence of the relevant indebtedness with respect thereto in such capacity and accession to this Agreement by such party in such capacity. 

  
 13 

	1.5	 Personal Liability 

Where any natural person gives a certificate or other document or otherwise gives a representation or statement on behalf of any of the parties
to the Debt Documents pursuant to any provision thereof and such certificate or other document, representation or statement proves to be incorrect, the individual shall incur no personal liability in consequence of such certificate, other document,
representation or statement being incorrect save where such individual acted fraudulently in giving such certificate, other document, representation or statement (in which case any liability of such individual shall be determined in accordance with
applicable law) and each such individual may rely on this Clause subject to Clause 1.3 (Third Party Rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Rights Act. 
  

	1.6	 Authority 

  

	 	(a)	 Each Senior Agent is entering into this Agreement in its individual capacity and for and on behalf of the
applicable Senior Secured Creditors pursuant to and as duly authorised by the relevant Senior Secured Finance Documents and, as such, the agreements and obligations set out in this Agreement shall be binding on and enforceable against such Senior
Secured Creditors. 

  

	 	(b)	 Each Unsecured Notes Trustee is entering into this Agreement for and on behalf of the applicable Unsecured
Creditors pursuant to and as duly authorised by the relevant Unsecured Finance Documents and, as such, the agreements and obligations set out in this Agreement shall be binding on and enforceable against such Unsecured Creditors.

  

	1.7	 Termination 

Unless otherwise notified by the Company in writing on or prior to the Final Discharge Date, this Agreement shall terminate in full and cease
to have any further effect on the Final Discharge Date. 
  

	2.	 UNSECURED CREDITORS 

 

	2.1	 Security: Unsecured Creditors 

No Unsecured Creditor or Unsecured Notes Trustee will, unless the prior consent of the Collateral Agent is obtained, take, accept or receive
from any member of the Group the benefit of any Security in respect of any of the Liabilities owed to the Unsecured Creditors (or applicable class thereof) or any Unsecured Notes Trustee, other than as permitted under the Debt Documents (such
Security, “Permitted Security”). 
  

	2.2	 Restriction on Enforcement: Unsecured Creditors 

So long as any of the Senior Secured Liabilities are or may be outstanding, no Unsecured Creditor (or any representative on its behalf) shall
take or require the taking of any Enforcement Action against an Unsecured Guarantor in relation to the Unsecured Liabilities, except as permitted under Clause 2.3 (Permitted Enforcement: Unsecured Creditors). 

 

	2.3	 Permitted Enforcement: Unsecured Creditors 

 

	 	(a)	 Notwithstanding Clause 2.2 (Restrictions on Enforcement: Unsecured Creditors), an Unsecured Creditor (or
any representative on its behalf) may take any Enforcement Action against an Unsecured Guarantor available to it in accordance with the applicable Unsecured Finance Documents, in respect of any of the Unsecured Liabilities owed to it by that
Unsecured Guarantor if at the same time as, or prior to, that action the relevant Unsecured Notes Trustee has given notice to the Collateral Agent (the “Unsecured Enforcement Notice”) specifying that a Unsecured Event of Default
(save and except arising pursuant to a breach of any provisions in the relevant Unsecured Finance Documents relating to cross default (including to any Senior Secured Finance Document)) under the Unsecured Finance Documents in respect of which it is
acting as trustee or agent has occurred and is continuing and: 

  
 14 

	 	(i)	 a period (a “Standstill Period”) of not less than: 

 

	 	(A)	 90 days in the case of a failure to make a payment of an amount of principal, interest or fees representing the
Unsecured Liabilities; or 

  

	 	(B)	 150 days in the case of any other Unsecured Event of Default, 

or, in relation to any Unsecured Liabilities, such longer period (if any) as agreed between the Company (in its discretion) and the relevant
Unsecured Notes Trustee in relation to such Unsecured Liabilities and notified to the Collateral Agent in each case which has elapsed from the date on which that Unsecured Enforcement Notice becomes effective in accordance with Clause 9.4
(Delivery); and 
  

	 	(ii)	 that Unsecured Event of Default is continuing at the end of the Standstill Period. 

 

	 	(b)	 To the extent permitted under applicable law, after the occurrence of an Insolvency Event in respect of an
Unsecured Guarantor, each Unsecured Creditor may (unless otherwise directed by the Collateral Agent) exercise any right they may otherwise have against that Unsecured Guarantor to: 

 

	 	(i)	 accelerate any of that Unsecured Guarantor’s Unsecured Liabilities or declare them prematurely due and
payable or payable on demand; 

  

	 	(ii)	 make a demand under any guarantee, indemnity or other assurance against loss given by that Unsecured Guarantor
in respect of any Unsecured Liabilities; 

  

	 	(iii)	 exercise any right of set–off or take or receive any Payment or claim in respect of any Unsecured
Liabilities of that Unsecured Guarantor; or 

  

	 	(iv)	 claim and prove in the liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings of that Unsecured Guarantor
for the Unsecured Liabilities owing to it. 

  

	2.4	 Payments of Unsecured Liabilities 

The Unsecured Creditors shall be permitted to receive Payments (other than any amounts paid or otherwise realised by the Unsecured Creditors
under or in connection with any enforcement of any Permitted Security or any other amounts which should otherwise be received or recovered by the Collateral Agent for application in accordance with Clause 7 (Application of Proceeds)) from any
Unsecured Guarantor in respect of the Unsecured Liabilities at any time prior to an Event of Default, and no such Payment received by an Unsecured Creditor shall be required to be turned over in accordance with Clause 4.1 (Turnover by the
Unsecured Creditors), provided that no Unsecured Creditor shall be permitted to receive Payments from any Unsecured Guarantor in respect of Unsecured Liabilities following the occurrence of an Event of Default (except from distributions
made (if any) in accordance with Clause 7 (Application of Proceeds)). 
  

	3.	 EFFECT OF INSOLVENCY EVENT 

 

	3.1	 Payment of Distributions 

  
 15 

	 	(a)	 After the occurrence of an Insolvency Event, any Party entitled to receive a distribution out of the assets of
an Unsecured Guarantor in respect of Liabilities owed to that Party shall, to the extent it is able to do so, direct the person responsible for the distribution of the assets of that member of the Group to pay that distribution to the Collateral
Agent until the Liabilities owing to the Secured Parties have been paid in full. 

  

	 	(b)	 The Collateral Agent shall apply distributions paid to it under paragraph (a) above in accordance with
Section 9.03 (Application of Funds) of the Senior Credit Agreement or otherwise as required by the Senior Secured Finance Documents. 

  

	3.2	 Set-Off 

To the extent that any Unsecured Guarantor’s Liabilities are discharged by way of set-off
(mandatory or otherwise) after the occurrence of an Insolvency Event, any Creditor which benefited from that set-off shall pay an amount equal to the amount of the Liabilities owed to it which are discharged
by that set-off to the Collateral Agent for application in accordance with Section 9.03 (Application of Funds) of the Senior Credit Agreement or otherwise as required by the Senior Secured Finance
Documents. 
  

	3.3	 Filing of Claims 

After the occurrence of an Insolvency Event in respect of a Unsecured Guarantor, each Unsecured Creditor irrevocably authorises the Collateral
Agent (acting in accordance with Clause 3.5 (Collateral Agent Instructions) and with express faculty of self-contracting, sub-empowering or multiple representation), on its behalf, to: 

 

	 	(a)	 take any Enforcement Action (in accordance with the terms of this Agreement) against that member of the Group;

  

	 	(b)	 demand, sue, prove and give receipt for any or all of that member of the Group’s Unsecured Liabilities;

  

	 	(c)	 collect and receive all distributions on, or on account of, any or all of that member of the Group’s
Unsecured Liabilities; and 

  

	 	(d)	 file claims, take proceedings and do all other things the Collateral Agent considers reasonably necessary to
recover that member of the Group’s Unsecured Liabilities. 

  

	3.4	 Unsecured Creditors’ Actions 

Each Unsecured Creditor (or the applicable Agent on their behalf) will: 

 

	 	(a)	 do all things that the Collateral Agent (acting in accordance with Clause 3.5 (Collateral Agent
Instructions)) reasonably requests in order to give effect to this Clause 3 (Effect of Insolvency Event); and 

  

	 	(b)	 if the Collateral Agent is not entitled to take any of the actions contemplated by this Clause 3 (Effect of
Insolvency Event) or if the Collateral Agent (acting in accordance with Clause 3.5 (Collateral Agent Instructions)) requests that an Unsecured Creditor take that action, undertake that action itself in accordance with the instructions of
the Collateral Agent (acting in accordance with Clause 3.5 (Collateral Agent Instructions)) or grant a power of attorney to the Collateral Agent (on such terms as the Collateral Agent (acting in accordance with Clause 3.5 (Collateral Agent
Instructions)) may reasonably require, although no Unsecured Notes Trustee shall be under any obligation to grant such powers of attorney) to enable the Collateral Agent to take such action. 

  
 16 

	3.5	 Collateral Agent Instructions 

For the purposes of Clause 3.3 (Filing of Claims) and Clause 3.4 (Creditors’ Actions), the Collateral Agent
shall act: 
  

	 	(a)	 on the instructions of the applicable group of Senior Secured Creditors entitled, at that time, to give
instructions under the applicable Senior Secured Finance Documents; and 

  

	 	(b)	 in the absence of any such instructions, as the Collateral Agent sees fit (which may include taking no action).

  

	3.6	 Limitation by Applicable Laws 

Each of the provisions of this Clause 3 (Effect of Insolvency Event) shall apply only to the extent permitted by applicable laws. 

 

	4.	 TURNOVER OF RECEIPTS 

 

	4.1	 Turnover by the Unsecured Creditors 

Subject to Clause 2.4 (Payments of Unsecured Liabilities), if at any time prior to the Final Discharge Date any Unsecured Creditor
receives or recovers from any Unsecured Guarantor: 
  

	 	(a)	 any Payment or distribution of, or on account of or in relation to, any of the Liabilities other than any
Payment or distribution which is either: 

  

	 	(i)	 not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement; or 

 

	 	(ii)	 made in accordance with Clause 7 (Application of Proceeds); 

 

	 	(b)	 other than where Clause 3.2 (Set-Off) applies, any amount by way
of set-off in respect of any of the Liabilities owed to it where such Payment is not otherwise permitted by the Debt Documents; 

 

	 	(c)	 notwithstanding paragraphs (a) and (b) above, and other than where Clause 3.2 (Set-Off) applies, any amount: 

  

	 	(i)	 on account of, or in relation to, any of the Unsecured Liabilities: 

 

	 	(A)	 after the occurrence of a Distress Event; or 

 

	 	(B)	 as a result of any other litigation or proceedings against an Unsecured Guarantor (other than after the
occurrence of an Insolvency Event); or 

  

	 	(ii)	 by way of set-off in respect of any of the Unsecured Liabilities owed
to it after the occurrence of a Distress Event, 

 other than, in each case, any amount received or recovered in
accordance with Clause 7 (Application of Proceeds); or 
  

	 	(d)	 the proceeds of any enforcement of any Permitted Security except in accordance with Clause 7 (Application of
Proceeds); or 

  

	 	(e)	 other than where Clause 3.2 (Set-Off) applies, any distribution
in cash or in kind or Payment of, or on account of or in relation to, any of the Liabilities owed by any Unsecured Guarantor which is not in accordance with Clause 7 (Application of Proceeds) and which is made as a result of, or after, the
occurrence of an Insolvency Event in respect of a Unsecured Guarantor, 

  
 17 

 that Unsecured Creditor will: 

 

	 	(i)	 in relation to receipts and recoveries not received or recovered by way of
set-off: 

  

	 	(A)	 hold an amount of that receipt or recovery equal to the Relevant Liabilities (or if less, the amount received
or recovered) on trust for (or otherwise on behalf and for the account of) the Collateral Agent and promptly pay or distribute that amount to the Collateral Agent for application in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; and

  

	 	(B)	 promptly pay or distribute an amount equal to the amount (if any) by which the receipt or recovery exceeds the
Relevant Liabilities to the Collateral Agent for application in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; and 

  

	 	(ii)	 in relation to receipts and recoveries received or recovered by way of
set-off, promptly pay an amount equal to that recovery to the Collateral Agent for application in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. 

 

	4.2	 Sums received by Unsecured Guarantors 

If any Unsecured Guarantor receives or recovers any sum which, under the terms of any of the Debt Documents, should have been paid to the
Collateral Agent, that Unsecured Guarantor will: 
  

	 	(a)	 hold an amount of that receipt or recovery equal to the Relevant Liabilities (or, if less, the amount received
or recovered) on trust for (or otherwise on behalf and for the account of) the Collateral Agent and promptly pay that amount to the Collateral Agent for application in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; and 

 

	 	(b)	 promptly pay an amount equal to the amount (if any) by which the receipt or recovery exceeds the Relevant
Liabilities to the Collateral Agent for application in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. 

  

	4.3	 Saving Provision 

If, for any reason, any of the trusts expressed to be created in this Clause 4 should fail or be unenforceable, the affected Creditor or
Unsecured Guarantor will promptly pay an amount equal to that receipt or recovery to the Collateral Agent to be held on trust by the Collateral Agent for application in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. 

 

	5.	 REDISTRIBUTION 

 

	5.1	 Recovering Unsecured Creditors’ Rights 

 

	 	(a)	 Any amount paid by an Unsecured Creditor (a “Recovering Creditor”) to the Collateral Agent
under Clause 3 (Effect of Insolvency Event) or Clause 4 (Turnover of Receipts) shall be treated as having been paid by the relevant Unsecured Guarantor to the Collateral Agent and distributed to the Collateral Agent, the Senior Agent
and Senior Secured Creditors (each, a “Sharing Creditor”) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. 

  

	 	(b)	 On a distribution by the Collateral Agent under paragraph (a) above of a Payment received by a Recovering
Creditor from a Unsecured Guarantor, an amount equal to the amount received or recovered by the Recovering Creditor and paid to the Collateral Agent (the “Shared Amount”) will be treated to the extent permitted by law (and
excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, where any such treatment, increase and/or indemnity would result in a breach of any applicable financial assistance rules and/or would be contrary to corporate benefit principles) as not having been paid to the
Recovering Creditor by that Unsecured Guarantor. 

  
 18 

	5.2	 Reversal of Redistribution 

 

	 	(a)	 If any part of the Shared Amount received or recovered by a Recovering Creditor becomes repayable to a
Unsecured Guarantor then: 

  

	 	(i)	 each Sharing Creditor shall (subject in the case of Unsecured Notes Trustee Amounts to paragraphs (a) and
(c) of Clause 12.1 (Liability)), upon request of the Collateral Agent, pay to the Collateral Agent for the account of that Recovering Creditor an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Shared Amount (together with an amount
as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Creditor for its proportion of any interest on the Shared Amount which that Recovering Creditor is required to pay) (the “Redistributed Amount”); and 

 

	 	(ii)	 as between the relevant Unsecured Guarantor and each relevant Sharing Creditor, an amount equal to the relevant
Redistributed Amount will be treated as not having been paid to the Collateral Agent by that Unsecured Guarantor. 

  

	 	(b)	 The Collateral Agent shall not be obliged to pay any Redistributed Amount to a Recovering Creditor under
paragraph (a) above until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that Redistributed Amount from the relevant Sharing Creditor. 

 

	6.	 DISTRESSED DISPOSALS AND DISPOSAL PROCEEDS 

 

	6.1	 Distressed Disposals 

 

	 	(a)	 If a Distressed Disposal of any asset is being effected, the Collateral Agent is irrevocably authorised (at the
reasonable cost of the relevant member of the Group and the Company and, to the maximum extent allowed by applicable law, without any further consent, sanction, authority or further confirmation or instruction from any Agent, Creditor, Secured Party
or member of the Group): 

  

	 	(i)	 release of Security: to release the Transaction Security, Permitted Security or any other claim over
that asset and execute and deliver or enter into any release of that Transaction Security, Permitted Security or claim and issue any letters or any consent to dealing that may, in the discretion of the Security Agent, be considered necessary or
desirable; 

  

	 	(ii)	 release of liabilities and Security on a share sale (Unsecured Guarantor): if the asset which is
disposed of consists of shares in the capital of an Unsecured Guarantor, to release: 

  

	 	(A)	 that Unsecured Guarantor and any of its Subsidiaries that are Unsecured Guarantors from all or any part of its
Unsecured Liabilities; 

  

	 	(B)	 any Security granted by that Unsecured Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries that are Unsecured Guarantors over
any of its assets in respect of the Unsecured Liabilities or; and 

  
 19 

	 	(C)	 any other claim of another Unsecured Guarantor over that Unsecured Guarantor’s assets or over the assets
of any of its Subsidiaries that are Unsecured Guarantors, 

 on behalf of the relevant Agents, Creditors and Unsecured
Guarantors; 
  

	 	(iii)	 release of liabilities and Security on a share sale (holding company): if the asset which is disposed of
consists of shares in the capital of any holding company of a Unsecured Guarantor, to release: 

  

	 	(A)	 that holding company (to the extent it is an Unsecured Guarantor), any Unsecured Guarantor that is a Subsidiary
of that holding company and any of its Subsidiaries that are Unsecured Guarantors from all or any part of its Unsecured Liabilities; 

  

	 	(B)	 any Security granted by that holding company (to the extent it is an Unsecured Guarantor), any Unsecured
Guarantor that is a Subsidiary of that holding company and any of its Subsidiaries that are Unsecured Guarantors over any of its assets in respect of the Unsecured Liabilities; and 

 

	 	(C)	 any other claim of an Unsecured Guarantor over the assets of that holding company and any Subsidiary of that
holding company that is an Unsecured Guarantor, 

 on behalf of the relevant Agents, Creditors and Unsecured Guarantors;
and 
  

	 	(iv)	 disposal of liabilities on a share sale: if the asset which is disposed of consists of shares in the
capital of a Unsecured Guarantor or the holding company of a Unsecured Guarantor and the Collateral Agent decides to dispose of all or any part of the Liabilities owed by that Unsecured Guarantor or holding company or any Subsidiary of that
Unsecured Guarantor or holding company which, in each case, is an Unsecured Guarantor: 

  

	 	(A)	 (if the Collateral Agent (acting in accordance with the relevant Senior Secured Finance Documents) does not
intend that any transferee of those Liabilities (the “Transferee”) will be treated as a Senior Secured Creditor or a Secured Party for the purposes of this Agreement), to execute and deliver or enter into any agreement to dispose of
all or part of the Unsecured Liabilities provided that notwithstanding any other provision of any Debt Document the Transferee shall not be treated as a Senior Secured Creditor or a Secured Party for the purposes of this Agreement; and

  

	 	(B)	 (if the Collateral Agent (acting in accordance with the relevant Senior Secured Finance Documents) does intend
that any Transferee will be treated as a Senior Secured Creditor or a Secured Party for the purposes of this Agreement), to execute and deliver or enter into any agreement to dispose of: 

 

	 	(1)	 all (and not part only) of the Liabilities owed to the Senior Secured Creditors; and 

 

	 	(2)	 all or part of any Unsecured Liabilities, 

  
 20 

 on behalf of, in each case, the relevant Agents, Creditors and Unsecured Guarantors. 

 

	 	(b)	 The net proceeds of each Distressed Disposal (or a disposal of Unsecured Liabilities pursuant to paragraph
(a)(iv) above) shall be paid to the Collateral Agent for application in accordance with Clause 7 (Application of Proceeds) as if those proceeds were the proceeds of an enforcement of the Transaction Security and may be made in whole or in
part for consideration in the form of cash or non-cash consideration. 

  

	 	(c)	 If before the Final Discharge Date a Distressed Disposal (or a disposal of Unsecured Liabilities pursuant to
paragraph (a)(iv) above) is being effected and the Collateral Agent has taken action or made a determination in accordance with the terms of this Agreement such that the Liabilities will be released under paragraph (a) above, it is a further
condition to the release that where shares or assets of a Unsecured Guarantor are sold: 

  

	 	(i)	 the proceeds of such sale or disposal are in cash (or substantially in cash) and/or other marketable securities
or, if the proceeds of such sale or disposal are not in cash (or substantially in cash) and/or other marketable securities, the requirements of paragraph (iv) below are satisfied applied in relation thereto; and 

 

	 	(ii)	 all claims of the Creditors (other than in relation to performance bonds or guarantees or similar instruments
issued by a Senior Secured Creditor on behalf of a member of the Group) against a member of the Group (if any) all of whose shares (other than any minority interest not owned by members of the Group) are pledged in favour of the Secured Parties or
any Unsecured Creditor and are being sold or disposed of pursuant to such Enforcement Action, are unconditionally released and discharged or sold or disposed of concurrently with such sale (and are not assumed by the purchaser or one of its
Affiliates), and all Security under the Security Documents and any Permitted Security in respect of the assets that are sold or disposed of is simultaneously and unconditionally released and discharged concurrently with such sale, provided
that in the event of a sale or disposal of any such claim (instead of a release or discharge) where the Senior Secured Creditors and the Senior Agent: 

 

	 	(A)	 determine acting reasonably and in good faith that the Senior Secured Creditors will recover more than if such
claim was released or discharged but is nevertheless less than the outstanding Senior Secured Liabilities; and 

  

	 	(B)	 serve a notice on the Collateral Agent notifying the Collateral Agent of the same, 

in which case the Collateral Agent shall be entitled immediately to sell and transfer such claim to such purchaser (or an affiliate of such
purchaser) and the consideration for such sale or transfer may be in the form of non-cash consideration by way of the Senior Secured Creditors bidding by an appropriate mechanic all or part of the Senior
Secured Liabilities (such that the Senior Secured Liabilities would, on completion, be discharged to the extent of an amount equal to the amount of the offer made by the relevant Senior Secured Creditors); and 

 

	 	(iii)	 in the case of a sale or disposal (including any sale or disposal of any claim) effected by or at the request
of the Collateral Agent, the Collateral Agent shall take reasonable care to obtain a fair market price in the prevailing market conditions (although the Collateral Agent shall not have any obligation to postpone any such sale or disposal in order to
achieve a higher price); and 

  
 21 

	 	(iv)	 such sale or disposal (including any sale or disposal of any claim) is made: 

 

	 	(A)	 pursuant to a Competitive Sales Process; 

 

	 	(B)	 that sale or disposal is made pursuant to any process or proceedings approved, sanctioned or supervised by or
on behalf of any court of law; 

  

	 	(C)	 where an internationally recognised investment bank, firm of accountants or third party professional firm which
is regularly engaged in providing valuations in respect of the relevant type and size of the assets concerned, in each case selected by the Collateral Agent (acting in accordance with the relevant Senior Secured Finance Documents), has delivered an
opinion (including an enterprise valuation of the Group which can be relied upon by the Collateral Agent and disclosed to the Creditors on a non-reliance basis) in respect of such sale or disposal that the
amount received in connection therewith is fair from a financial point of view taking into account all relevant circumstances including the method of enforcement provided that the liability of such investment bank or internationally recognised firm
of accountants or third party professional firm (as applicable) in giving such opinion may be limited to the amount of its fees in respect of such engagement. 

 

	6.2	 Unsecured Creditors’ and Unsecured Guarantors’ Actions 

Each Unsecured Creditor and in relation to Clause 6.1 (Distressed Disposals), Unsecured Guarantor will: 

 

	 	(a)	 do all things that the Collateral Agent reasonably requests in order to give effect to this Clause 6 (which
shall include, without limitation, the execution of any assignments, transfers, releases, delegation of faculties, powers of attorney or other documents that the Collateral Agent may reasonably consider to be necessary to give effect to the releases
or disposals contemplated by this Clause 6); and 

  

	 	(b)	 if the Collateral Agent is not entitled to take any of the actions contemplated by this Clause 6 or if the
Collateral Agent requests that any Unsecured Creditor or Unsecured Guarantor take any such action, take that action itself in accordance with the reasonable instructions of the Collateral Agent, 

provided that the proceeds of those disposals are applied in accordance with Clause 6.1 (Distressed Disposals). 

 

	7.	 APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS 

All amounts from time to time received or recovered by the Collateral Agent following the occurrence of a Distress Event or Insolvency Event,
any proceeds of, or arising from, any of the Charged Property, in connection with the realisation or enforcement of any other Security which is not Transaction Security (including Permitted Security) or following turnover by or on behalf of an
Unsecured Creditor in accordance with this Agreement shall be applied by the Collateral Agent in accordance with the Senior Secured Finance Documents. 
  

	8.	 CHANGES TO THE PARTIES 

 

	8.1	 Assignments and Transfers 

  
 22 

 No Party may assign any of its rights and benefits or transfer any of its rights, benefits
and obligations in respect of any Debt Documents or the Liabilities except as permitted by this Clause 8. 
  

	8.2	 Change of Senior Agent 

No person shall become a Senior Agent unless, at the same time, it accedes to this Agreement in such capacity pursuant to Clause 8.4
(Creditor/Agent Accession Undertaking). 
  

	8.3	 Change of Unsecured Notes Trustee 

No person shall become an Unsecured Notes Trustee unless, at the same time, it accedes to this Agreement in such capacity pursuant to Clause
8.4 (Creditor/Agent Accession Undertaking). 
  

	8.4	 Creditor/Agent Accession Undertaking 

With effect from the date of acceptance by the Collateral Agent of a Creditor/Agent Accession Undertaking duly executed and delivered to the
Collateral Agent by the relevant acceding party or, if later, the date specified in that Creditor/Agent Accession Undertaking: 
  

	 	(a)	 any Party ceasing entirely to be a Creditor or Agent shall be discharged from further obligations towards the
Collateral Agent and other Parties under this Agreement and their respective rights against one another shall be cancelled (except in each case for those rights which arose prior to that date); and 

 

	 	(b)	 as from that date, the replacement or new Creditor or Agent shall assume the same obligations and become
entitled to the same rights, as if it had been an original Party in that capacity, 

 and each other Party irrevocably
authorises and instructs the Collateral Agent to execute on its behalf any Creditor/Agent Accession Undertaking which has been duly completed and signed on behalf of that person. 

 

	8.5	 Additional Parties 

Each of the other Parties instructs and appoints the Collateral Agent to receive on its behalf each Creditor/Agent Accession Undertaking
delivered to the Collateral Agent and the Collateral Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it, sign and accept the same if it appears on its face to have been completed, executed and, where applicable, delivered in the form
contemplated by this Agreement or, where applicable, by the applicable Senior Secured Finance Documents. 
  

	9.	 NOTICES 

  

	9.1	 Communications in Writing 

Any communication to be made under or in connection with this Agreement shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by
electronic mail or letter. 
  

	9.2	 Collateral Agent’s Communications with Secured Creditors 

The Collateral Agent shall be entitled to carry out all dealings with the Senior Secured Creditors through the applicable Senior Agent and may
give to the applicable Senior Agent any notice or other communication required to be given by the Collateral Agent to a Senior Secured Creditor. 

  
 23 

	9.3	 Addresses 

The address (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or
document to be made or delivered under or in connection with this Agreement shall be as follows: 
  

	 	(a)	 in the case of any person which is a Party on the date of this Agreement, that identified with its signature
below; and 

  

	 	(b)	 in the case of each other Party, that notified in writing to the Collateral Agent on or prior to the date on
which it becomes a Party, 

 or any electronic mail address or department or officer which that Party may notify to the
Collateral Agent (or the Collateral Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Collateral Agent) by not less than five Business Days’ notice. 
  

	9.4	 Delivery 

  

	 	(a)	 Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with this
Agreement will only be effective: 

  

	 	(i)	 if by way of electronic mail, when received in legible form; or 

 

	 	(ii)	 if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited
in the post, postage prepaid, in an envelope addressed to it at that address, 

 and, if a particular department or
officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 9.3 (Addresses), if addressed to that department or officer. 
  

	 	(b)	 Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Collateral Agent will be effective only when
actually received by it and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified in Clause 9.3 (Addresses) (or any substitute department or officer as the Collateral Agent shall specify for this
purpose). 

  

	9.5	 Notification of Address and Electronic Mail Address 

Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address and electronic mail address or change of address or electronic mail address pursuant to
Clause 9.3 (Addresses) or changing its own address or electronic mail address, the Collateral Agent shall notify the other Parties. 
  

	9.6	 Electronic Communication 

 

	 	(a)	 Any communication to be made under or in connection with this Agreement may be made by electronic mail or other
electronic means, if the Parties: 

  

	 	(i)	 agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication (with
such agreement to be deemed to be given by each person which is a Party unless otherwise notified to the contrary by the Collateral Agent and the Company); 

  

	 	(ii)	 notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable
the sending and receipt of information by that means; and 

  

	 	(iii)	 notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them.

  
 24 

	 	(b)	 Any electronic communication made between the Parties will be effective only when actually received in readable
form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Party to the Collateral Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Collateral Agent shall specify for this purpose. 

 

	9.7	 English Language 

 

	 	(a)	 Any notice given under or in connection with this Agreement must be in English. 

 

	 	(b)	 All other documents provided under or in connection with this Agreement must be: 

 

	 	(i)	 in English; or 

  

	 	(ii)	 if not in English, and if so required by the Collateral Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation
and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document. 

  

	9.8	 Notices to all Creditors 

 

	 	(a)	 Where any request for a consent, amendment or waiver which requires the consent of all the Parties or any class
of creditors (or percentage of such class) (as the case may be) is received by an Agent from the Company, the relevant Agent shall provide notice of such request to such Parties or the relevant class of Creditors at the same time.

  

	 	(b)	 Where an instruction is required by an Agent from a class of Creditors (or a percentage of such class), notice
of such instruction shall be provided to each Creditor in the relevant class at the same time. 

  

	10.	 PRESERVATION 

  

	10.1	 Partial Invalidity 

If, at any time, any provision of this Agreement is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any
jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of that provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired. 

 

	10.2	 No Impairment 

 

	 	(a)	 If, at any time after its date, any provision of a Debt Document (including this Agreement) is not binding on
or enforceable in accordance with its terms against a person expressed to be a party to that Debt Document, neither the binding nature nor the enforceability of that provision nor any other provision of that Debt Document will be impaired as against
the other party(ies) to that Debt Document. 

  

	 	(b)	 Each Party expressly acknowledges and agrees that any right to any payment, indemnity or otherwise under any
Debt Document shall not (by reason only of such right) delay, condition or restrict any obligation in this Agreement to act promptly as otherwise required in relation to any step, action or document required to be taken or entered into hereunder.

  

	10.3	 Remedies and Waivers 

 

	 	(a)	 No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Party, any right or remedy under this
Agreement shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are
cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law. 

  
 25 

	 	(b)	 Each Party expressly acknowledges and agrees that any right to any payment, fee, indemnity, amount or otherwise
under any Debt Document shall not (by reason only of such right) delay, condition or restrict any obligation in this Agreement to act promptly as otherwise required in relation to any step, action or document required to be taken or entered into
hereunder. 

  

	11.	 CONSENTS, AMENDMENTS AND OVERRIDE 

 

	11.1	 Amendments 

  

	 	(a)	 This Agreement may be amended by the Agents then party hereto (in each case, acting in accordance with the
terms of the applicable Finance Document) and the Company. 

  

	 	(b)	 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Debt Documents, a Creditor may unilaterally waive, relinquish
or otherwise irrevocably give up all or any of its rights under any Debt Document with the consent of the Company. 

  

	11.2	 Agreement to Override 

 

	 	(a)	 Unless expressly stated otherwise in this Agreement, this Agreement overrides anything in any other Debt
Document. 

  

	 	(b)	 Notwithstanding paragraph (a), above, this Agreement shall not override the provisions of any agreement between
any Senior Secured Creditors with respect to subordination or other intercreditor relationship matters between such Senior Secured Creditors. 

  

	12.	 UNSECURED NOTES TRUSTEE 

 

	12.1	 Liability 

  

	 	(a)	 It is expressly understood and agreed by the Parties that this Agreement is executed and delivered by any
Unsecured Notes Trustee not individually or personally but solely in its capacity as trustee in the exercise of the powers and authority conferred and vested in it under the relevant Unsecured Finance Documents for and on behalf of the Unsecured
Creditors only for which any Unsecured Notes Trustee acts as trustee and it shall have no liability for acting for itself or in any capacity other than as trustee and nothing in this Agreement shall impose on it any obligation to pay any amount out
of its personal assets. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, its obligations hereunder (if any) to make any payment of any amount or to hold any amount on trust (or otherwise) shall be only to make payment of such amount to or hold
any such amount on trust (or otherwise) to the extent that: 

  

	 	(i)	 it has received written notice that such obligation has arisen; and 

 

	 	(ii)	 it has received and, on the date on which it acquires such written notice, has not distributed to the Unsecured
Creditors for which it acts as trustee in accordance with the relevant Unsecured Finance Documents (in relation to which it is trustee) any such amount. 

  
 26 

	 	(b)	 It is further understood and agreed by the Parties that in no case shall any Unsecured Notes Trustee be:

  

	 	(i)	 personally responsible or accountable in damages or otherwise to any other party for any loss, damage or claim
incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by any Unsecured Notes Trustee in good faith in accordance with this Agreement or any of Unsecured Finance Documents in a manner that any Unsecured Notes Trustee believed to be within
the scope of the authority conferred on it by this Agreement or any of the Unsecured Finance Documents or by law; or 

  

	 	(ii)	 personally liable for or on account of any of the statements, representations, warranties, covenants or
obligations stated to be those of any other Party, all such liability, if any, being expressly waived by the Parties and any person claiming by, through or under such Party, 

provided that any Unsecured Notes Trustee shall be personally liable under this Agreement for its own gross negligence or wilful
misconduct. 
 It is also acknowledged and agreed that any Unsecured Notes Trustee shall not have any responsibility for the actions of any
individual Unsecured Creditor (save in respect of its own actions). 
  

	 	(c)	 The Parties acknowledge and agree that any Unsecured Notes Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge or
existence of facts that would impose an obligation on it hereunder to make any payment or prohibit it from making any payment unless, not less than two Business Days prior to the date of such payment, a Responsible Officer of any Unsecured Notes
Trustee receives written notice satisfactory to it that such payments are required or prohibited by this Agreement. 

  

	 	(d)	 Any Unsecured Notes Trustee is not responsible for the appointment or for monitoring the performance of the
Collateral Agent. 

  

	 	(e)	 The Collateral Agent agrees and acknowledges that it shall have no claim against any Unsecured Notes Trustee in
respect of any fees, costs, expenses and liabilities due and payable to, or incurred by, the Collateral Agent. 

  

	 	(f)	 The Original Unsecured Notes Trustee is entering into this Agreement as an Unsecured Notes Trustee not in its
individual capacity but strictly in its capacity as the trustee under the Unsecured Notes Indenture, and in entering into this Agreement and acting hereunder, shall be entitled to all the rights, protections, indemnifications, and immunities granted
to the notes collateral agent under the Indenture. 

  

	 	(g)	 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, and for the avoidance of doubt, the
obligations of the Original Unsecured Notes Trustee to indemnify, compensate or reimburse any party under the terms of this Agreement, shall be (i) an obligation solely in its capacity as trustee under the Unsecured Notes Indenture;
(ii) limited solely to the funds available to it under the Unsecured Notes Indenture at any point in time; (iii) limited solely to the scope of it’s direction hereunder; and (iv) not applicable in the event of the gross
negligence or willful misconduct any party hereto. The obligation of the Original Unsecured Notes Trustee to indemnify, or reimburse or pay any amounts, under the terms of this Agreement shall not be an obligation of the Original Unsecured Notes
Trustee, in its individual or corporate capacity. 

  

	 	(h)	 The Original Unsecured Notes Trustee shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any
discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated by the Unsecured Notes Indenture that it as an Unsecured Notes Trustee is required to exercise as directed in writing by the required holders pursuant to
Section 6.05 of the Unsecured Notes Indenture; provided the Original Unsecured Notes Trustee shall be entitled to refrain from any act or the taking of any action 

  
 27 

	 	
hereunder or from the exercise of any power or authority vested in it hereunder or thereunder unless and until it, as an Unsecured Notes Trustee shall have received instructions from the required
holders pursuant to Section 6.05 of the Unsecured Notes Indenture and, if the Original Unsecured Notes Trustee deems necessary, satisfactory indemnity, and shall not be liable for any such delay in acting. The Original Unsecured Notes Trustee
shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose it to liability or that is contrary to any the Unsecured Notes Indenture or applicable law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that
may be in violation of the automatic stay under any bankruptcy or insolvency law. For purposes of clarity, phrases such as “satisfactory to”, “approved by”, “acceptable to”, “as determined by”, “in the
discretion of”, “selected by”, “requested by” the Original Unsecured Notes Trustee and phrases of similar import authorize and permit the Original Unsecured Notes Trustee to approve, disapprove, determine, act or decline to
act in its discretion. 

  

	12.2	 No Action 

  

	 	(a)	 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any Unsecured Notes Trustee shall not have any
obligation to take any action under this Agreement unless it is indemnified and/or secured and/or prefunded to its satisfaction in respect of all costs, expenses, losses and liabilities which it would in its opinion incur (together with any
associated VAT). Any Unsecured Notes Trustee shall not have an obligation to indemnify (out of its personal assets) any other person, whether or not a Party, in respect of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. In no event shall the
permissive rights of a Unsecured Notes Trustee to take action under this Agreement be construed as an obligation to do so. 

  

	 	(b)	 Prior to taking any action under this Agreement any Unsecured Notes Trustee may request and rely upon an
opinion of counsel or opinion of another qualified expert, at the expense of the Company. 

  

	 	(c)	 Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement or any other Unsecured Finance Document to which any
Unsecured Notes Trustee is a party to, in no event shall any Unsecured Notes Trustee be liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damages of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of business, goodwill,
opportunity or profits) whether or not foreseeable even if any Unsecured Notes Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of whether the claim for loss or damage is made in negligence, for breach of contract or
otherwise. 

  

	12.3	 Reliance on Certificates 

Any Unsecured Notes Trustee shall at all times be entitled to and may rely on any notice, consent or certificate given or granted by any Party
without being under any obligation to enquire or otherwise determine whether any such notice, consent or certificate has been given or granted by such Party properly acting in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. 

 

	12.4	 No Fiduciary Duty 

Any Unsecured Notes Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to any Creditor (save in respect of such persons for whom it acts as
trustee) and shall not be personally liable to any Creditor if it shall in good faith mistakenly pay over or distribute to any Creditor or to any other person cash, property or securities to which any other Creditor shall be entitled by virtue of
this Agreement or otherwise. With respect to the Creditors, any Unsecured Notes Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants or obligations as are specifically set forth in the Unsecured Finance Documents pursuant to which
it acts as trustee and this Agreement and no implied agreement, covenants or obligations with respect to the other Creditors shall be read into this Agreement against any Unsecured Notes Trustee. 

  
 28 

	12.5	 Debt Assumptions 

 

	 	(a)	 Each Unsecured Notes Trustee is entitled to assume that in respect of the Senior Secured Liabilities and the
Unsecured Liabilities: 

  

	 	(i)	 no Default has occurred; 

 

	 	(ii)	 none of the Senior Secured Liabilities or Unsecured Liabilities have been accelerated; 

 

	 	(iii)	 no Event of Default or termination event (however described) has occurred; and 

 

	 	(iv)	 the Final Discharge Date has not occurred, 

unless a Responsible Officer of any Unsecured Notes Trustee has received written notice to the contrary. 

 

	 	(b)	 No Unsecured Notes Trustee is obliged to monitor or enquire whether any Event of Default has occurred.

  

	12.6	 Unsecured Creditors 

In acting pursuant to this Agreement and the relevant Unsecured Finance Documents, no Unsecured Notes Trustee is required to have any regard to
the interests of any Creditor other than the Unsecured Creditors for which it is any Unsecured Notes Trustee. 
  

	12.7	 Claims of Collateral Agent 

The Collateral Agent agrees and acknowledges that it shall have no claim against any Unsecured Notes Trustee in respect of any fees, costs,
expenses and liabilities due and payable to, or incurred by, the Collateral Agent. 
  

	12.8	 Reliance and Advice 

Each Unsecured Notes Trustee may: 
  

	 	(a)	 rely on any notice or document believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed by, or with the
authority of, the proper person; 

  

	 	(b)	 rely on any statement made by any person regarding any matters which may be assumed to be within its knowledge
or within its powers to verify; and 

  

	 	(c)	 engage, pay for and rely on professional advisers selected by it (including those representing a person other
than any Unsecured Notes Trustee). 

  

	12.9	 Provisions Survive Termination 

The provisions of this Clause 12 shall survive any termination of this Agreement. 

  
 29 

	12.10	 Other Parties Not Affected 

No provision of this Clause 12 shall alter or change the rights and obligations as between the other Parties in respect of each other. This
Clause 12 is intended to afford protection to any Unsecured Notes Trustee only. 
  

	12.11	 Instructions 

In acting under this Agreement, each Unsecured Notes Trustee is entitled to seek instructions from the Unsecured Creditors for which it acts as
trustee at any time and, where it acts on the instructions of such Unsecured Creditors, the Unsecured Notes Trustee shall not incur any cost, loss or liability to any person for so acting. No Unsecured Notes Trustee is liable to any person for any
cost, loss or liability suffered as a result of any delay caused as a result of it seeking instructions from the Unsecured Creditors for which it acts as trustee. 
  

	12.12	 Responsibility of Unsecured Notes Trustee 

 

	 	(a)	 No Unsecured Notes Trustee shall be responsible to any Senior Secured Creditor or Unsecured Creditor for the
legality, validity, effectiveness, enforceability, adequacy, accuracy, completeness or performance of: 

  

	 	(i)	 any Finance Document or any other document; 

 

	 	(ii)	 any statement or information (whether written or oral) made in or supplied in connection with any Finance
Document or any other document; or 

  

	 	(iii)	 any observance by any Unsecured Guarantor of its obligations under any Unsecured Finance Document or any other
document. 

  

	 	(b)	 Each Unsecured Notes Trustee may rely, and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon,
any notice, certificate or other document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed by, or with the authority of, the proper person. 

 

	12.13	 Disclosure of Information 

The Company irrevocably authorises any Unsecured Notes Trustee to disclose to any Senior Secured Creditor and Unsecured Creditor any
information that is received by any Unsecured Notes Trustee in its capacity as any Unsecured Notes Trustee. 
  

	12.14	 Resignation of Unsecured Notes Trustee 

Any Unsecured Notes Trustee may resign or be removed in accordance with the terms of the applicable Unsecured Finance Documents, provided
that a replacement Unsecured Notes Trustee agrees with the Parties to become the replacement trustee under this Agreement in accordance with Clause 8.3 (Change of Unsecured Notes Trustee). 

 

	12.15	 Agents 

An Unsecured Notes Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any
attorney or agent appointed with due care by it hereunder. 
  

	12.16	 No Requirement for Bond or Surety 

No Unsecured Notes Trustee shall be required to give any bond or surety with respect to the performance of its duties or the exercise of its
powers under this Agreement. 

  
 30 

	13.	 SENIOR AGENT 

  

	13.1	 Liability 

  

	 	(a)	 It is expressly understood and agreed by the Parties that this Agreement is executed and delivered by any
Senior Agent not individually or personally but solely in its capacity as agent in the exercise of the powers and authority conferred and vested in it under the relevant Senior Secured Finance Documents for and on behalf of the Senior Secured
Creditors only for which any Senior Agent acts as agent and it shall have no liability for acting for itself or in any capacity other than as agent and nothing in this Agreement shall impose on it any obligation to pay any amount out of its personal
assets. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, its obligations hereunder (if any) to make any payment of any amount or to hold any amount for the benefit of the relevant Senior Secured Creditors (or otherwise) shall be only to make
payment of such amount to or hold any such amount for the benefit of the relevant Senior Secured Creditors (or otherwise) to the extent that: 

  

	 	(i)	 it has received written notice that such obligation has arisen; and 

 

	 	(ii)	 it has received and, on the date on which it acquires such written notice, has not distributed to the Senior
Secured Creditors for which it acts as agent in accordance with the relevant Senior Secured Finance Documents (in relation to which it is agent) any such amount. 

 

	 	(b)	 It is further understood and agreed by the Parties that in no case shall any Senior Agent be:

  

	 	(i)	 personally responsible or accountable in damages or otherwise to any other party for any loss, damage or claim
incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by any Senior Agent in good faith in accordance with this Agreement or any of Senior Secured Finance Documents in a manner that any Senior Agent believed to be within the scope of the
authority conferred on it by this Agreement or any of the Senior Secured Finance Documents or by law; or 

  

	 	(ii)	 personally liable for or on account of any of the statements, representations, warranties, covenants or
obligations stated to be those of any other Party, all such liability, if any, being expressly waived by the Parties and any person claiming by, through or under such Party, 

provided that any Senior Agent shall be personally liable under this Agreement for its own gross negligence or wilful misconduct. 

It is also acknowledged and agreed that any Senior Agent shall not have any responsibility for the actions of any individual Senior Secured
Creditor (save in respect of its own actions). 
  

	 	(c)	 The Parties acknowledge and agree that any Senior Agent shall not be charged with knowledge or existence of
facts that would impose an obligation on it hereunder to make any payment or prohibit it from making any payment unless, not less than two Business Days prior to the date of such payment, a Responsible Officer of any Senior Agent receives written
notice satisfactory to it that such payments are required or prohibited by this Agreement. 

  

	 	(d)	 Any Senior Agent is not responsible for the appointment or for monitoring the performance of the Collateral
Agent. 

  
 31 

	 	(e)	 The Collateral Agent agrees and acknowledges that it shall have no claim against any Senior Agent in respect of
any fees, costs, expenses and liabilities due and payable to, or incurred by, the Collateral Agent. 

  

	 	(f)	 The Original Senior Agent is entering into this Agreement as a Senior Agent not in its individual capacity but
strictly in its capacity as the agent or trustee for the Senior Secured Creditors under the Senior Secured Finance Documents, and in entering into this Agreement and acting hereunder, shall be entitled to all the rights, protections,
indemnifications, and immunities granted to the Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent, as applicable, under the Senior Secured Finance Documents. 

  

	 	(g)	 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, and for the avoidance of doubt, the
obligations of the Original Senior Agent to indemnify, compensate or reimburse any party under the terms of this Agreement, shall be (i) an obligation solely in its capacity as agent under the Senior Secured Finance Documents; (ii) limited
solely to the funds available to it under the Senior Secured Finance Documents at any point in time; (iii) limited solely to the scope of it’s direction hereunder; and (iv) not applicable in the event of the gross negligence or
willful misconduct any party hereto. The obligation of the Original Senior Agent to indemnify, or reimburse or pay any amounts, under the terms of this Agreement shall not be an obligation of the Original Senior Agent, in its individual or corporate
capacity. 

 The Original Senior Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any
discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated by the Senior Secured Debt Documents that it as a Senior Agent is required to exercise; provided the Original Senior Agent shall be entitled to refrain from any act
or the taking of any action hereunder or from the exercise of any power or authority vested in it hereunder or thereunder, if the Original Senior Agent deems necessary, it has received satisfactory indemnity, and shall not be liable for any such
delay in acting. The Original Senior Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose it to liability or that is contrary to any the Senior Secured Debt Documents or applicable law,
including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any bankruptcy or insolvency law. For purposes of clarity, phrases such as “satisfactory to”, “approved by”, “acceptable
to”, “as determined by”, “in the discretion of”, “selected by”, “requested by” the Original Senior Agent and phrases of similar import authorize and permit the Original Senior Agent to approve,
disapprove, determine, act or decline to act in its discretion. 
  

	13.2	 No Action 

  

	 	(a)	 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any Senior Agent shall not have any obligation to take
any action under this Agreement unless it is indemnified and/or secured and/or prefunded to its satisfaction in respect of all costs, expenses, losses and liabilities which it would in its opinion incur (together with any associated VAT). Any Senior
Agent shall not have an obligation to indemnify (out of its personal assets) any other person, whether or not a Party, in respect of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. In no event shall the permissive rights of a Senior Agent to
take action under this Agreement be construed as an obligation to do so. 

  

	 	(b)	 Prior to taking any action under this Agreement any Senior Agent may request and rely upon an opinion of
counsel or opinion of another qualified expert, at the reasonable expense of the Company. 

  
 32 

	 	(c)	 Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement or any Senior Secured Debt Document to which the
relevant Senior Agent is a party to, in no event shall any Senior Agent be liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damages of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of business, goodwill, opportunity or
profits) whether or not foreseeable even if any Senior Agent has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of whether the claim for loss or damage is made in negligence, for breach of contract or otherwise.

  

	13.3	 Reliance on Certificates 

Any Senior Agent shall at all times be entitled to and may rely on any notice, consent or certificate given or granted by any Party without
being under any obligation to enquire or otherwise determine whether any such notice, consent or certificate has been given or granted by such Party properly acting in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. 

 

	13.4	 No Fiduciary Duty 

No Senior Agent shall be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to any Creditor and shall not be personally liable to any Creditor if it shall in
good faith mistakenly pay over or distribute to any Creditor or to any other person cash, property or securities to which any other Creditor shall be entitled by virtue of this Agreement or otherwise. With respect to the Creditors, any Senior Agent
undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants or obligations as are specifically set forth in the Senior Secured Debt Documents pursuant to which it acts as agent and this Agreement and no implied agreement, covenants or obligations
with respect to the other Creditors shall be read into this Agreement against any Senior Agent. 
  

	13.5	 Debt Assumptions 

 

	 	(a)	 Each Senior Agent is entitled to assume that in respect of the Senior Secured Liabilities and the Unsecured
Liabilities: 

  

	 	(i)	 no Default has occurred; 

 

	 	(ii)	 none of the Senior Secured Liabilities or Unsecured Liabilities have been accelerated; 

 

	 	(iii)	 no Event of Default or termination event (however described) has occurred; and 

 

	 	(iv)	 the Final Discharge Date has not occurred, 

 

	 	unless	 it has received written notice to the contrary. 

 

	 	(b)	 No Senior Agent is obliged to monitor or enquire whether any Event of Default has occurred.

  

	13.6	 Senior Secured Creditors 

In acting pursuant to this Agreement and the relevant Senior Secured Finance Documents, no Senior Agent is required to have any regard to the
interests of any Creditor other than the Senior Secured Creditors for which it is Senior Agent. 
  

	13.7	 Claims of Collateral Agent 

The Collateral Agent agrees and acknowledges that it shall have no claim against any Senior Agent in respect of any fees, costs, expenses and
liabilities due and payable to, or incurred by, the Collateral Agent. 

  
 33 

	13.8	 Reliance and Advice 

Each Senior Agent may: 
  

	 	(a)	 rely on any notice or document believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed by, or with the
authority of, the proper person; 

  

	 	(b)	 rely on any statement made by any person regarding any matters which may be assumed to be within its knowledge
or within its powers to verify; and 

  

	 	(c)	 engage, pay for and rely on professional advisers selected by it (including those representing a person other
than any Senior Agent). 

  

	13.9	 Provisions Survive Termination 

The provisions of this Clause 13 shall survive any termination of this Agreement. 

 

	13.10	 Other Parties Not Affected 

No provision of this Clause 13 shall alter or change the rights and obligations as between the other Parties in respect of each other. This
Clause 13 is intended to afford protection to any Senior Agent only. 
  

	13.11	 Instructions 

In acting under this Agreement, each Senior Agent is entitled to seek instructions from the Senior Secured Creditors for which it acts as agent
at any time and, where it acts on the instructions of such Senior Secured Creditors, the Senior Agent shall not incur any cost, loss or liability to any person for so acting. No Senior Agent is liable to any person for any cost, loss or liability
suffered as a result of any delay caused as a result of it seeking instructions from the Senior Secured Creditors for which it acts as agent. 
  

	13.12	 Responsibility of Senior Agent 

 

	 	(a)	 No Senior Agent shall be responsible to any Senior Secured Creditor or Unsecured Creditor for the legality,
validity, effectiveness, enforceability, adequacy, accuracy, completeness or performance of: 

  

	 	(i)	 any Finance Document or any other document; 

 

	 	(ii)	 any statement or information (whether written or oral) made in or supplied in connection with any Finance
Document or any other document; or 

  

	 	(iii)	 any observance by any Senior Secured Creditor of its obligations under any Senior Secured Finance Document or
any other document. 

  

	 	(b)	 Each Senior Agent may rely, and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon, any notice,
certificate or other document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed by, or with the authority of, the proper person. 

  

	13.13	 Disclosure of Information 

The Company irrevocably authorises any Senior Agent to disclose to any Senior Secured Creditor and Unsecured Creditor any information that is
received by any Senior Agent in its capacity as any Senior Agent. 

  
 34 

	13.14	 Resignation of Senior Agent 

Any Senior Agent may resign or be removed in accordance with the terms of the applicable Senior Secured Finance Document, provided that
a replacement Senior Agent agrees with the Parties to become the replacement trustee under this Agreement in accordance with Clause 8.2 (Change of Senior Agent). 
  

	13.15	 Agents 

A Senior Agent may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any attorney or agent
appointed with due care by it hereunder. 
  

	13.16	 No Requirement for Bond or Surety 

No Senior Agent shall be required to give any bond or surety with respect to the performance of its duties or the exercise of its powers under
this Agreement. 
  

	14.	 COUNTERPARTS 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, including in electornic .pdf format and this has the same effect as if the
signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement. 
  

	15.	 ELECTRONIC SIGNATURES 

This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken
together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Any signature (including, without limitation, (x) any electronic symbol or process attached to, or associated with, a contract or other record and adopted by a person with the intent to
sign, authenticate or accept such contract or record and (y) any facsimile, E-pencil or .pdf signature) hereto through electronic means, shall have the same legal validity and enforceability as a manually
executed signature or use of a paper-based record-keeping system to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing also applies to any amendment, extension or renewal of this Agreement. The words
“execution,” “signed,” “signature,” “delivery,” and words of like import in or relating to this Agreement or any document to be signed in connection with this Agreement (including, without limitation, the
Notes, direction or any Officer’s Certificate) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, including without limitation, digital signature provided by DocuSign (or such other digital signature provider as specified in writing to the
relevant Agent by the authorized representative), each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature. The Company agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of using digital signatures
and electronic methods to submit communications to the relevant Agent, including without limitation the risk of the relevant Agent acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties. 

 

	16.	 GOVERNING LAW 

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed
by English law. 
  

	17.	 ENFORCEMENT 

  

	17.1	 Jurisdiction 

  

	 	(a)	 The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with
this Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement or the consequences of its nullity or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement) (a
“Dispute”). 

  
 35 

	 	(b)	 The Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes
and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary. 

  

	17.2	 Service of Process 

 

	 	(a)	 Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, the Company (unless incorporated
in England and Wales): 

  

	 	(i)	 irrevocably appoints [ ● ]1 as its agent
for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with this Agreement; and 

  

	 	(ii)	 agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the Company of the process will not invalidate the proceedings
concerned. 

  

	 	(b)	 If any person appointed as an agent for service of process is unable for any reason to act as agent for service
of process, the Company must promptly (and in any event within 10 Business Days of such event taking place) notify the Senior Agents and appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Collateral Agent. Failing this, the Collateral Agent may
appoint another agent for this purpose. 

  

	18.	 CONTRACTUAL RECOGNITION OF BAIL-IN 

Notwithstanding any other term of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the Parties, each Party
acknowledges and accepts that any liability of any Party to any other Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and
acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of: 
  

	 	(a)	 any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability, including
(without limitation): 

  

	 	(i)	 a reduction, in full or in part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but
unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability; 

  

	 	(ii)	 a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be
issued to, or conferred on, it; and 

  

	 	(iii)	 a cancellation of any such liability; and 

 

	 	(b)	 a variation of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability. 

 For the purposes of this clause:

 “Article 55 BRRD” means Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and
resolution of credit institutions and investment firms.  
 “Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers. 
  

	1 	 Note: Company to confirm English entity for service of process purposes. 

  
 36 

 “Bail-In Legislation” means: 

 

	 	(a)	 in relation to an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or which at any time implements, Article 55 BRRD,
the relevant implementing law or regulation as described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time; 

  

	 	(b)	 in relation to the United Kingdom, the UK Bail-In Legislation; and

  

	 	(c)	 in relation to any state other than such an EEA Member Country and the United Kingdom, any analogous law or
regulation from time to time which requires contractual recognition of any Write-down and Conversion Powers contained in that law or regulation. 

“EEA Member Country” means any member state of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway. 

“EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the document described as such and published
by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person) from time to time. 
 “Resolution Authority” means any body which
has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion Powers. 
 “UK Bail-In
Legislation” means Part I of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 and any other law or regulation applicable in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutions or
their affiliates (otherwise than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings). 
 “Write-down and Conversion
Powers” means: 
  

	 	(a)	 in relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, the powers described as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In
Legislation Schedule; and 

  

	 	(b)	 in relation to the UK Bail-In Legislation, any powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to
cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other
person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that UK
Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers. 

 THIS
AGREEMENT has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement and executed as a deed by the Parties thereto and is intended to be and is delivered by them as a deed on the date specified above and shall take effect as a
deed. 

  
 37 

 SCHEDULE 1 

Form of Creditor/Agent Accession Undertaking 
  

	To:	 [Insert full name of current Collateral Agent] for itself and each of the other parties to the Intercreditor
Agreement referred to below. 

  

	[To:	 [Insert full name of current Senior Agent] as Senior Agent.] 

 

	From: [Acceding	 Creditor/Agent] 

This Undertaking is made on [date] by [insert full name of applicable party (the “Acceding Party”) in relation to the
intercreditor agreement (the “Intercreditor Agreement”) dated [•] between, amongst others, [•] as Company, [•] as Collateral Agent, [•] as Senior Agent and the other Creditors and the (each as defined in the
Intercreditor Agreement). Terms defined in the Intercreditor Agreement shall, unless otherwise defined in this Undertaking, bear the same meanings when used in this Undertaking. 

In consideration of the Acceding Party being accepted as a [insert applicable defined terms and capacity] for the purposes of the Intercreditor
Agreement, the Acceding Party confirms that, as from [date], it intends to be party to the Intercreditor Agreement as a [insert applicable defined terms and capacity] and undertakes to perform all the obligations
expressed in the Intercreditor Agreement to be assumed by a [insert applicable defined terms and capacity] and agrees that it shall be bound by all the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, as if it had been an original party to
the Intercreditor Agreement. 
 The Acceding Party expressly ratifies and approves any and all acts done by the Collateral Agent on its behalf prior to
execution by the Acceding Party of this [Creditor/Agent] Accession Undertaking. 
 This Undertaking and any
non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law. 
 THIS UNDERTAKING
has been entered into as delivered on the date stated above. 
  

					
	Acceding [Creditor/Agent]	  		  	
			
	[Executed as a Deed]	  		  	
	[insert full name of Acceding         )	  	
	Creditor/Agent] )             By:
			
	Address:	  		  	
			
	Accepted by the Collateral Agent	  	)	  	
	for and on behalf of	  	)	  	Signed:
	[Insert full name of current Collateral Agent ]	  	)	  	Date:
			
	[Accepted by the Senior Agent]	  	)	  	
	for and on behalf of	  	)	  	Signed
	[Insert full name of Senior Agent]	  	)	  	Date]

  
 38 

 SIGNATURE PAGES TO THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT 

The Company 
 For and on behalf of 

API GROUP CORPORATION as the Company 
  

					
	  
	  	

			
	Name:	  	
	Title:	  	
		
	Address:	  	APi Group Corporation, 1100 Old Highway Eight NW, New Brighton, MN 55112
	Email:	  	andrea.fike@apigroup.us; andy.cebulla:apigroup.us
	Attention:	  	General Counsel and Secretary, Andrea Fike, Esq. Corporate Controller, Andy Cebulla
		
	Copy to:	  	Kane Kessler, P.C., 600 Third Avenue, 35th Floor, New York, New York 10017
	Email:	  	Rlawrence@kanekessler.com; Mhollander@kanekessler.com
	Attention:	  	Robert L. Lawrence, Esq and Mitchell D. Hollander, Esq.

			
	The Original Unsecured Notes Trustee	 	
		
	For and on behalf of	 	
	COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A. as the Original Unsecured Notes Trustee
		
	  
 Name:
	 	
	Title:	 	
		
	Address:	 	
	Email:	 	
	Attention:	 	
		
	Copy to:	 	
	Attention:	 	

					
	The Original Senior Agent	  	
		
	For and on behalf of	  	
	CITIBANK, N.A. as the Original Senior Agent	  	
		
	  
 Name:
	  	
	Title:	  		  	
		
	Address:	  	Citibank Delaware, 1615 Brett Road OPS III New Castle, DE 19720
	Email:	  	[ • ]	  	
	Attention:	  	[ • ]	  	
		
	The Collateral Agent	  	
		
	For and on behalf of	  	
	CITIBANK, N.A. as the Original Senior Agent	  	
		
	  
 Name:
	  	
	Title:	  		  	
		
	Address:	  	Citibank Delaware, 1615 Brett Road OPS III New Castle, DE 19720
	Email:	  	[ • ]	  	
	Attention:	  	[ • ]EX-4.1

 Exhibit 4.1 
  

			
	 NUMBER

U-
	  	UNITS
		  	CUSIP [•]

 SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS 

FORESIGHT ACQUISITION CORP. II 

UNITS CONSISTING OF ONE SHARE OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK AND ONE- 

HALF OF ONE REDEEMABLE WARRANT, EACH WHOLE WARRANT ENTITLING THE HOLDER 

TO PURCHASE ONE SHARE OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT __________ is the owner of _________ Units. 

Each Unit (“Unit”) consists of one (1) share of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common
Stock”), of Foresight Acquisition Corp. II, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and one-half of one redeemable warrant (each whole warrant, a “Warrant”). Each whole Warrant
entitles the holder to purchase one (1) share (subject to adjustment) of Common Stock for $11.50 per share (subject to adjustment). Only whole Warrants are exercisable. Each Warrant will become exercisable on the later of (i) thirty (30)
days after the Company’s completion of a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or other similar business combination with one or more businesses (each a “Business Combination”), and
(ii) twelve (12) months from the closing of the Company’s initial public offering, and will expire unless exercised before 5:00 p.m., New York City Time, on the date that is five (5) years after the date on which the Company completes
its initial Business Combination, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation. The Common Stock and Warrants comprising the Units represented by this certificate are not transferable separately prior to __________, 2021, unless the representative of
the underwriters elects to allow earlier separate trading, subject to the Company’s filing of a Current Report on Form 8-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission containing an audited balance sheet
reflecting the Company’s receipt of the gross proceeds of the Company’s initial public offering and issuing a press release announcing when separate trading will begin. No fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the Units and
only whole Warrants will trade. The terms of the Warrants are governed by a Warrant Agreement, dated as of __________, 2021 (the “Warrant Agreement”), between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Warrant
Agent, and are subject to the terms and provisions contained therein, all of which terms and provisions the holder of this certificate consents to by acceptance hereof. Copies of the Warrant Agreement are on file at the office of the Warrant Agent
at 1 State Street, 30th Floor, New York, New York 10004, and are available to any Warrant holder on written request and without cost. 

Upon the consummation of the Business Combination, the Units represented by this certificate will automatically separate into the Common Stock
and Warrants comprising such Units. 
 This certificate is not valid unless countersigned by the Transfer Agent and registered by the
Registrar of the Company. 
 This certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New
York. 
 Witness the facsimile signatures of the duly authorized officers of the Company. 

 

					
	   
	 		 	   

	Secretary	 		 	Chief Executive Officer

 Foresight Acquisition Corp. II 

The Company will furnish without charge to each unitholder who so requests, a statement of the powers, designations, preferences and relative,
participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof of the Company and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. 

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out
in full according to applicable laws or regulations: 
  

																			
	TEN COM	  	—	  	as tenants in common	  	 	        	 	  	 UNIF GIFT
 MIN ACT
	  	—	  		  	Custodian	  	
									
		  		  		  				  		  		  	  
	  		  	  

	TEN ENT	  	—	  	as tenants by the entireties	  				  		  		  	(Cust)	  		  	(Minor)
							
	JT TEN	  	—	  	as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common	  				  		  		  	under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act
	  				  		  		  	  

		  		  		  				  		  		  	(State)

 Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list. 

For value received, ___________ hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto 

 
  

	
	(PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE)
	  

	(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

 ________________Units represented by the within Certificate, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and
appoint______________ Attorney to transfer the said Units on the books of the within named Company with full power of substitution in the premises. 
  

					
	  
	 		 	   

	Dated __________	 		 	Notice: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change
whatsoever.
	Signature(s) Guaranteed:	 		 	
			
	   
	 		 	
	THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION
PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15 (OR ANY SUCCESSOR RULE) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED).	 		 	

 In each case, as more fully described in the Company’s final prospectus for its initial
public offering dated __________, 2021, the holder(s) of this certificate shall be entitled to receive a pro-rata portion of certain funds held in the trust account established in connection with the
Company’s initial public offering only in the event that (i) the Company redeems the shares of Common Stock sold in the Company’s initial public offering and liquidates because it does not consummate an initial business combination by
the date set forth in the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, (ii) the Company redeems the shares of Common Stock sold in its initial public offering in connection with a stockholder vote to amend the
Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation (a) to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to allow redemption in connection with the Company’s initial business combination or to redeem 100% of
the Common Stock if it does not consummate an initial business combination by the date set forth in the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation or (b) with respect to any other provisions relating to stockholders’
rights or pre-initial business combination activity, or (iii) if the holder(s) seek(s) to redeem for cash his, her or its respective shares of Common Stock in connection with a tender offer (or proxy
solicitation, solely in the event the Company seeks stockholder approval of the proposed initial business combination) setting forth the details of a proposed initial business combination. In no other circumstances shall the holder(s) have any right
or interest of any kind in or to the trust account.

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00335-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00335-of-00352.parquet"}]]